第十七品 三十偈集显示巴利原文
17. Tiṃsanipāto
1. 弗沙长老偈颂的注释显示巴利原文
1. Phussattheragāthāvaṇṇanā
在《三十偈集》中,始于“见到众多令人喜悦的……”等偈颂,是尊者弗沙长老的偈颂。其缘起为何?这位长老在过去诸佛时已种下广大善行,于各趣生命中累积了以出离为依止的善业,流转于天人与人间。在此佛陀出世时,他投生为一位曼荼利迦王的儿子,取名弗沙。他成年后,通达了刹帝利青年应学的诸般技艺。由于出离资粮已得具足,他对欲乐心无贪染,于某位大长老处闻法而获净信,出家后择取与自身性行相顺的业处,精勤修习,证得诸禅那,并以禅那为立足处建立观修,不久便成为六通具足者。其后某日,一位名唤般达罗种姓的苦行者,坐于长老身旁闻法。他见到众多戒行与正行具足、善护根门、身已修习、心已修习的比丘,心生欢喜,自念:‘善哉!愿此修行之道能长久住世。’于是问长老:‘尊者,于未来时,比丘们的修行之道当是如何?’为显明此事,结集者说了——显示巴利原文
Tiṃsanipāte pāsādike bahū disvātiādikā āyasmato phussattherassa gāthā. Kā uppatti? Ayampi purimabuddhesu katādhikāro tattha tattha bhave vivaṭṭūpanissayaṃ kusalaṃ upacinitvā devamanussesu saṃsaranto imasmiṃ buddhuppāde ekassa maṇḍalikarañño putto hutvā nibbatti, phussoti nāmaṃ ahosi. So viññutaṃ patto khattiyakumārehi sikkhitabbasippesu nipphattiṃ gato. Upanissayasampannattā kāmesu alaggacitto aññatarassa mahātherassa santike dhammaṃ sutvā paṭiladdhasaddho pabbajitvā cariyānukūlaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā bhāvanaṃ anuyuñjanto jhānāni nibbattetvā jhānapādakaṃ vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā nacirasseva chaḷabhiñño ahosi. Athekadivasaṃ paṇḍaragotto nāma eko tāpaso tassa santike dhammaṃ sutvā nisinno sambahule bhikkhū sīlācārasampanne susaṃvutindriye bhāvitakāye bhāvitacitte disvā pasannacitto ‘‘sādhu vatāyaṃ paṭipatti loke ciraṃ tiṭṭheyyā’’ti cintetvā ‘‘kathaṃ nu kho, bhante, anāgatamaddhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paṭipatti bhavissatī’’ti theraṃ pucchi. Tamatthaṃ dassento saṅgītikārā –
见到众多令人喜悦、已修习其心、善加防护的(比丘们),
般达罗种姓的仙人向名为弗沙的(长老)请问。——结集者将此偈置于篇首。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pāsādike bahū disvā, bhāvitatte susaṃvute; Isi paṇḍarasagotto, apucchi phussasavhaya’’nti. – gāthaṃ ādito ṭhapesuṃ;
“令人喜悦”指因自身行道而值得令人欢喜。“众多”指许多位。“已修习其心”指依止、观的修习而心已修习者。“善加防护”指根门善加防护者。“仙人”指苦行者。“般达罗种姓者”:因生于名为般达罗的仙人族系,故与他同一种姓。“名为弗沙者”指由“弗沙”之名称呼的,即名为弗沙者。显示巴利原文
Tattha pāsādiketi attano paṭipattiyā pasādārahe. Bahūti sambahule. Bhāvitatteti samathavipassanābhāvanāhi bhāvitacitte. Susaṃvuteti suṭṭhu saṃvutindriye. Isīti tāpaso. Paṇḍarasagottoti paṇḍarassa nāma isino vaṃse jātattā tena samānagotto. Phussasavhayanti phussasaddena avhātabbaṃ, phussanāmakanti attho.
‘‘Kiṃ chandā kimadhippāyā, kimākappā bhavissare; Anāgatamhi kālamhi, taṃ me akkhāhi pucchito’’ti. –
这就是那位仙人提问的偈颂。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ tassa isino pucchāgāthā.
其中,“有何等志欲”是指:在这教法中,未来的比丘们会有怎样的志欲、怎样的胜解——是低劣的胜解,还是殊胜的胜解?“有何等意趣”是指:有怎样的意趣、怎样的内心倾向——是杂染的内心倾向,还是清净的内心倾向?又或者,志欲就是想要做的欲求,因此意思是“他们想要做的欲求是怎样的”。意趣即内心倾向。“有何等威仪”是指:有怎样的威仪。而威仪即衣着、举止等具备应禁止与应遵行的仪态。“将是”即成为。“此事”指未来比丘们这些志欲、意趣、威仪的差别,我问你,请告诉我——他以此劝请长老。长老为了为他解说此义,首先策励他恭敬听受:显示巴利原文
Tattha kiṃ chandāti imasmiṃ sāsane anāgate bhikkhū kīdisacchandā kīdisādhimuttikā, kiṃ hīnādhimuttikā, udāhu paṇītādhimuttikāti attho. Kimadhippāyāti kīdisādhippāyā kīdisajjhāsayā, kiṃ saṃkilesajjhāsayā, udāhu vodānajjhāsayāti attho. Atha vā chandā nāma kattukamyatā, tasmā kīdisī tesaṃ kattukamyatāti attho. Adhippāyo ajjhāsayoyeva. Kimākappāti kīdisākappā. Ākappāti ca vesagahaṇādivārittacārittavantoti attho. Bhavissareti bhavissanti. Taṃ meti taṃ anāgate bhikkhūnaṃ chandādhippāyākappabhedaṃ pucchito mayhaṃ akkhāhi kathehīti theraṃ ajjhesati. Tassa thero tamatthaṃ ācikkhanto sakkaccasavane tāva niyojetuṃ –
名为般达罗的仙人,请听我言,
“你当恭敬谛听,我将讲述未来。”——说了此偈。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Suṇohi vacanaṃ mayhaṃ, isi paṇḍarasavhaya; Sakkaccaṃ upadhārehi, ācikkhissāmyanāgata’’nti. – gāthamāha;
其义为:“般达罗仙人,你所问之事,我将为你讲述未来。这番话能揭示未来之义,且能引发悚惧,故我讲述时,你当恭敬谛听。”显示巴利原文
Tassattho – bho paṇḍaranāma isi, yaṃ tvaṃ maṃ pucchasi, taṃ te anāgataṃ ācikkhissāmi, ācikkhato pana mama vacanaṃ suṇāhi anāgatatthadīpanato saṃvegāvahato ca sakkaccaṃ upadhārehīti.
那时,长老以未来分智如实照见比丘与比丘尼未来的状况后,为他开示:显示巴利原文
Atha thero anāgataṃsañāṇena bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnañca bhāviniṃ pavattiṃ yathābhūtaṃ disvā tassa ācikkhanto –
多有易怒者、怀恨者、覆恶者、顽固者、狡诈者出现于世;
嫉妒者与执持种种论议者,将在未来出现。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kodhanā upanāhī ca, makkhī thambhī saṭhā bahū; Issukī nānāvādā ca, bhavissanti anāgate.
于甚深法中,自以为知者,却以浅处为行境;
于法轻慢不恭敬,彼此互不尊重。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Aññātamānino dhamme, gambhīre tīragocarā; Lahukā agarū dhamme, aññamaññamagāravā.
未来世间,将生起众多过患;
这善说的法,将被愚者所染污。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Bahū ādīnavā loke, uppajjissantyanāgate; Sudesitaṃ imaṃ dhammaṃ, kilesissanti dummatī.
即使功德低劣者,在僧团中也能无有畏惧地宣说;
他们将成为强横者、多语者、寡闻者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Guṇahīnāpi saṅghamhi, voharantā visāradā; Balavanto bhavissanti, mukharā assutāvino.
虽具功德,于僧团中如实宣说,
他们将变得软弱,有惭耻心,却无所希求。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Guṇavantopi saṅghamhi, voharantā yathātthato; Dubbalā te bhavissanti, hirīmanā anatthikā.
银、金、田地、宅地、牛羊,
恶慧者于未来,将接受女奴与男仆。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Rajataṃ jātarūpañca, khettaṃ vatthumajeḷakaṃ. Dāsidāsañca dummedhā, sādiyissantyanāgate.
‘‘Ujjhānasaññino bālā, sīlesu asamāhitā; Unnaḷā vicarissanti, kalahābhiratā magā.
他们将成为掉举之人,身披青袈裟,
那些欺诈者、顽固者、多嘴者、自夸者,将会伪作圣者而游行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Uddhatā ca bhavissanti, nīlacīvarapārutā; Kuhā thaddhā lapā siṅgī, carissantyariyā viya.
油润其发,轻浮躁动,眼涂膏彩;
他们将行于街道,身披象牙色衣。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Telasaṇṭhehi kesehi, capalā añjanakkhikā; Rathiyāya gamissanti, dantavaṇṇikapārutā.
为诸解脱者所不厌弃,善加染色的阿拉汉之旗;
他们将厌恶袈裟,贪著白衣。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ajegucchaṃ vimuttehi, surattaṃ arahaddhajaṃ; Jigucchissanti kāsāvaṃ, odātesu samucchitā.
他们将成为贪求利养者、懈怠者、精进低劣者;
厌倦了林野,他们将住到村落附近。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Lābhakāmā bhavissanti, kusītā hīnavīriyā; Kicchantā vanapatthāni, gāmantesu vasissare.
凡获得利养者,恒常乐于邪命;
他们如此效学着,便将亲近那些不调御者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ye ye lābhaṃ labhissanti, micchājīvaratā sadā; Te teva anusikkhantā, bhajissanti asaṃyatā.
‘‘Ye ye alābhino lābhaṃ, na te pujjā bhavissare; Supesalepi te dhīre, sevissanti na te tadā.
‘‘Milakkhurajanaṃ rattaṃ, garahantā sakaṃ dhajaṃ; Titthiyānaṃ dhajaṃ keci, dhārissantyavadātakaṃ.
‘‘Agāravo ca kāsāve, tadā tesaṃ bhavissati; Paṭisaṅkhā ca kāsāve, bhikkhūnaṃ na bhavissati.
被痛苦压倒、被利箭穿身、备受煎熬之人;
审察甚为可怖,象王实不可思议。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Abhibhūtassa dukkhena, sallaviddhassa ruppato; Paṭisaṅkhā mahāghorā, nāgassāsi acintiyā.
六牙象王彼时望见,那鲜艳的阿拉汉旗帜;
象王当即说出了这首含义深远的偈颂。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Chaddanto hi tadā disvā, surattaṃ arahaddhajaṃ; Tāvadevabhaṇī gāthā, gajo atthopasaṃhitā.
一个未除烦恼垢秽的人,却穿上这件袈裟;
未具调御与真实之人,不配身着袈裟。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Anikkasāvo kāsāvaṃ, yo vatthaṃ paridhassati; Apeto damasaccena, na so kāsāvamarahati.
而已断除烦恼的垢秽、于戒律中善得安住的人;
具足调伏与真实,这样的人确有资格身着袈裟。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yo ca vantakasāvassa, sīlesu susamāhito; Upeto damasaccena, sa ve kāsāvamarahati.
戒行毁坏、智慧下劣之人,公然放纵于欲乐,
心散乱、不精进者,不堪着此袈裟。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vipannasīlo dummedho, pākaṭo kāmakāriyo; Vibbhantacitto nissukko, na so kāsāvamarahati.
然而,戒德具足、离贪、得定者,
心志清净洁白者,实有资格披袈裟。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yo ca sīlena sampanno, vītarāgo samāhito; Odātamanasaṅkappo, sa ve kāsāvamarahati.
掉举、傲慢自大的愚人,根本没有戒行可言;
他配白衣,要此袈裟何用?
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Uddhato unnaḷo bālo, sīlaṃ yassa na vijjati; Odātakaṃ arahati, kāsāvaṃ kiṃ karissati.
比丘与比丘尼,若心怀恶意、无恭敬心,
对于那些心存慈爱者,他们在未来世亦将加以惩治。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Bhikkhū ca bhikkhuniyo ca, duṭṭhacittā anādarā; Tādīnaṃ mettacittānaṃ, niggaṇhissantyanāgate.
即便长老们教导这些愚人如何持着袈裟,他们亦不遵行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sikkhāpentāpi therehi, bālā cīvaradhāraṇaṃ; Na suṇissanti dummedhā, pākaṭā kāmakāriyā.
‘‘Te tathā sikkhitā bālā, aññamaññaṃ agāravā; Nādiyissantupajjhāye, khaḷuṅko viya sārathiṃ.
未来时的行道必将如此——
当比丘与比丘尼的最后时刻到来之际
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Evaṃ anāgataddhānaṃ, paṭipatti bhavissati; Bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnañca, patte kālamhi pacchime.
在这尚未到来的大恐怖来临之前
你们应当易受教导、言语柔和、彼此恭敬。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Purā āgacchate etaṃ, anāgataṃ mahabbhayaṃ; Subbacā hotha sakhilā, aññamaññaṃ sagāravā.
你们应当心怀慈爱、具足悲悯,于诸戒律中善自收摄;
精进已发,心志坚定,恒常坚固精勤者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Mettacittā kāruṇikā, hotha sīlesu saṃvutā; Āraddhavīriyā pahitattā, niccaṃ daḷhaparakkamā.
见放逸为怖畏,不放逸为安稳;
你们应修习八支圣道,触及那不死之境。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pamādaṃ bhayato disvā, appamādañca khemato; Bhāvethaṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ, phusantā amataṃ pada’’nti. – imā gāthā abhāsi;
这里,“易怒者”指有愤怒习性的人。“将成为”要与“未来”连起来理解。在长老的时代,难道就没有这样的人吗?并非没有。然而,那时善知识众多,教诫者、令知者与同梵行者普遍存在,即使烦恼强盛,也因如理作意众多,大多数比丘并不易怒;未来则相反,将成为极度易怒者,因此说“于未来”。其余词句也是如此。
“怀恨者”:对于怨恨之事,有积蓄怨恨习性的人,或者因怀恨生起而称为怀恨者。其中,先前的嗔恚是怒,后来的嗔恚是恨;或者一次生起的嗔是怒,多次生起的嗔是恨。
“覆藏者”:对他人存在的功德加以覆藏、掩没,如同水被覆盖、掩没一样,他们有这种覆藏、掩没的习性,故称覆藏者。
“顽固者”:具有极度我慢相状的人。
“谄曲者”:具有以显现不实功德为相状的谄曲的人。
“嫉妒者”:具有以批评他人成就为相状的嫉妒的人。
“种种异论者”:彼此见解相违、制造纷争的人,这就是其含义。显示巴利原文
Tattha kodhanāti kujjhanasīlā. Bhavissanti anāgateti sambandho. Kiṃ therassa kāle tathā nāhesunti? Na nāhesuṃ. Tadā pana kalyāṇamittabahulatāya ovādakesu viññāpakesu sabrahmacārīsu bahūsu vijjamānesu kilesesu balavantesu paṭisaṅkhānabahulatāya ca yebhuyyena bhikkhū akkodhanā ahesuṃ, āyatiṃ tabbipariyāye atikodhanā bhavissanti, tasmā ‘‘anāgate’’ti vuttaṃ. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Upanāhīti āghātavatthūsu āghātassa upanayhanasīlā upanāhasambhavato vā upanāhī. Tattha purimakāliko byāpādo kodho, aparakāliko upanāho. Sakiṃ pavatto vā doso kodho, anekakkhattuṃ pavatto upanāho. Paresaṃ vijjamāne guṇe makkhanti puñjanti, tesaṃ vā udakapuñjaniyā viya udakassa makkho makkhanaṃ puñjanaṃ etesaṃ atthīti makkhī. Atimānalakkhaṇo thambho etesaṃ atthīti thambhī. Saṭhāti asantaguṇavibhāvanalakkhaṇena sāṭheyyena samannāgatā. Issukīti parasampattikhiyyanalakkhaṇāya issāya samannāgatā. Nānāvādāti aññamaññaṃ viruddhavādā viruddhadiṭṭhikā, kalahakārakā cāti attho.
“于甚深法未知而自以为知,行于浅岸者”:对于甚深、难说的妙法,在未知时便生起“已知、已见”的慢心,因此只停留在其浅表部分,如同行于浅岸者。
“轻浮者”:本性轻浮、躁动的人。
“于法不尊重”:对妙法缺乏恭敬。
“彼此不敬”:彼此不尊重,对僧团和同梵行者缺乏恭敬与尊重。
“众多过患”:如前所述及将述的众多过失和障碍。
“于世间”:指有情世间。
“将在未来出现”:在未来将会显现。
“此善说之法”:由正自觉者以善巧、无颠倒、初善等方式所善说的此圣典妙法。
“将令它染污”:将使之染污、被烦恼败坏,以“犯戒说为不犯、重戒说为轻戒”等恶行杂染的非法,否定微细的色法与无色法,以见杂染和两方面的渴爱杂染而染污、弄脏。
“劣慧者”:无智慧的人。对此,世尊曾说过:“比丘们,未来时将有比丘……在讲说阿毗达摩论、吠陀罗论时,陷入黑法而不觉知。”显示巴利原文
Aññātamānino dhamme, gambhīre tīragocarāti gambhīre durobhāse saddhamme aññāte eva ‘‘ñātoti, diṭṭho’’ti evaṃ mānino, tato eva tassa orabhāge pavattitāya orimatīragocarā. Lahukāti lahusabhāvā capalā. Agarū dhammeti saddhamme gāravarahitā. Aññamaññamagāravāti aññamaññasmiṃ appatissā, saṅghe sabrahmacārīsu ca garugāravavirahitā. Bahū ādīnavāti vuttappakārā, vakkhamānā ca bahū anekadosā antarāyā . Loketi sattaloke. Uppajjissantyanāgateti anāgate pātu bhavissanti. Sudesitaṃ imaṃ dhammanti, sammāsambuddhena suṭṭhu aviparītaṃ ādikalyāṇādippakārena desitaṃ imaṃ āgamasaddhammaṃ. Kilesissantīti kiliṭṭhaṃ kilesadūsitaṃ karissanti, ‘‘āpattiṃ ‘anāpattī’ti garukāpattiṃ ‘lahukāpattī’’’tiādinā duccaritasaṃkilesena asaddhammena saṇhasukhumaṃ rūpārūpadhammaṃ paṭikkhipissanti, diṭṭhisaṃkilesena ubhayatrāpi taṇhāsaṃkilesena saṃkilesissanti malinaṃ karissanti. Dummatīti nippaññā. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘bhavissanti, bhikkhave, bhikkhū anāgatamaddhānaṃ…pe… abhidhammakathaṃ vedallakathaṃ kathentā kaṇhadhammaṃ okkamamānā na bujjhissantī’’ti (a. ni. 5.79).
“功德欠缺者”:指戒行等功德缺失之人,即破戒者、无惭无愧者。或指于律藏所遮止等功德有所欠缺、对法与律少有所知者。“于僧伽中”:指在僧团大众中。“议论言说时”:即当众发言,在僧团进行裁决讨论时,随他们如何说。“无畏者”:指无所畏惧、胆大妄为之人。“有势力者”:指靠结党拉帮而有势力之人。“粗口者”:指言语粗硬、言辞粗暴之人。“寡闻者”:指非多闻之人,他们仅凭利养、恭敬与名声,装作具足功德的样子,把‘法说成非法,非法说成法;律说成非律,非律说成律’,就这样在僧团中立起一套合于己意的说法,将会变得很有势力。显示巴利原文
Guṇahīnāti sīlādiguṇavirahitā dussīlā, alajjino ca. Atha vā guṇahīnāti vinayavārittādiguṇena hīnā dhammavinaye appakataññuno. Saṅghamhīti saṅghamajjhe. Voharantāti kathentā, saṅghe vinicchayakathāya vattamānāya yaṃkiñci bhaṇantā. Visāradāti nibbhayā pagabbhā. Balavantoti pakkhabalena balavanto. Mukharāti mukhakharā kharavādino. Assutāvinoti na sutavanto, kevalaṃ lābhasakkārasilokasannissayena guṇadharā hutvā ‘‘dhammaṃ ‘adhammo’ti, adhammañca ‘dhammo’ti, vinayaṃ ‘avinayo’ti, avinayañca ‘vinayo’’’ti evaṃ attanā yathicchitamatthaṃ saṅghamajjhe patiṭṭhapentā balavanto bhavissanti.
“具功德者”:指戒行等功德具足之人。“如理议论时”:指他们依照真实义理,毫无颠倒地阐明:“法即是法,非法即是非法;律即是律,非律即是非律。”而“他们将会变成无势力者”:意谓由于在大众中无惭无愧者极多,他们便会失去力量,所说的话立不住脚。“有惭者将会变得无所求”:是说有惭愧心之人,对任何事情都不再挂碍、不再追求。因为那些有惭者,虽有能力依法而说,却出于对恶行的厌离与不愿多事的心,不愿与任何人起冲突,不肯费力去确立自己的主张,也不表露已形成的见解、不作决意,便保持默然。显示巴利原文
Guṇavantoti sīlādiguṇasampannā. Voharantā yathātthatoti atthānurūpaṃ, aviparītatthaṃ ‘‘dhammaṃ ‘dhammo’ti, adhammaṃ ‘adhammo’ti, vinayaṃ ‘vinayo’ti avinayaṃ ‘avinayo’’’ti evaṃ dīpentā. Dubbalā te bhavissantīti parisāyaṃ alajjussannatāya balavirahitā te bhavissanti, tesaṃ vacanaṃ na tiṭṭhissati. Hirīmanā anatthikāti hirīmanto kenaci anatthikā. Te hi dhammena vattuṃ samatthāpi pāpajigucchatāya appakiccatāya ca kehici virodhaṃ akarontā attano vādaṃ patiṭṭhāpetuṃ na vāyamantā diṭṭhāvikammaṃ vā adhiṭṭhānaṃ vā akatvā tuṇhī honti.
“银钱”:指钱币,应知此处也包含了迦利沙钵那、铜钱、摩沙迦等。“黄金”:指金子,应知也包含了摩尼、珍珠等物。此处的“或”字是合集之意,如同“或无足”等句中的用法。也有读作“银钱与黄金”的。“田地”:指能生长谷物与蔬菜的土地。为田地等目的所围起来的土地部分,则称为“宅地”。“羊”:所称的eḷakā即是山羊,除此以外的此类畜生种类称为羊(ajā)。而在这里,以“羊”一个词,实际也囊括了牛、水牛等。“奴婢”:指女奴与男奴。“劣慧者”:指没有明辨智慧的人,他们分不清何为适当、何为不适当,何者于己合宜、何者不合宜,为了自身利益,便欣然接受这些东西。显示巴利原文
Rajatanti rūpiyaṃ, tena kahāpaṇalohamāsakādīnampi saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. Jātarūpanti suvaṇṇaṃ, tena maṇimuttādīnampi saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. Vā-saddo samuccayattho ‘‘apadā vā’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 4.34; 5.32; itivu. 90) viya. ‘‘Rajatajātarūpañcā’’ti vā pāṭho. Khettanti yattha pubbaṇṇāparaṇṇaṃ ruhati, taṃ khettaṃ. Tadatthaṃ akatabhūmibhāgo vatthu. Ajeḷakanti eḷakā nāma ajāyeva, te ṭhapetvā avasesā pasujātī ajā nāma. Ajeḷakaggahaṇeneva hettha gomahiṃsādīnampi saṅgaho kato. Dāsidāsañcāti dāsiyo ca dāse ca. Dummedhāti aviddasuno , kappiyākappiyaṃ sāruppāsāruppaṃ ajānantā attano atthāya sādiyissanti sampaṭicchissanti.
「常抱非难想者」:指以居高临下的眼光看待他人,乃至在不应非难之处,也惯于生起非难习气的人。「愚者」:指心怀种种不善思惟、具足愚者特征的人,正因如此,他们在戒上亦「不得定」——于四种遍清净戒,其心未能统一,不得安定。「高举者」:指极度浮夸、我慢膨胀的人。「将游走」:指他们将高举我慢之旗四处游行。「乐诤如兽者」:由于他们常怀忿怒、一味求胜,便耽著于诤论之中,犹如野兽;又像鹿一般,不顾真舍利益,唯好追逐饮食,专欺弱小,这便是此句的含义。显示巴利原文
Ujjhānasaññinoti pare heṭṭhato katvā olokanacittā, anujjhāyitabbaṭṭhānepi vā ujjhānasīlā. Bālāti duccintitacintanādinā bālalakkhaṇena samannāgatā, tato eva sīlesu asamāhitā catupārisuddhisīlesu na samāhitacittā. Unnaḷāti, samussitatucchamānā. Vicarissantīti mānaddhajaṃ ukkhipitvā vicarissanti. Kalahābhiratā magāti sārambhabahulatāya karaṇuttariyapasutā kalahe eva abhiratā magasadisā migā viya attahitāpekkhā ghāsesanābhiratā dubbalavihesaparāti attho.
「掉散者」:指内心具足掉举,远离心一境性的人。「披着青色衣者」:指披覆以不如法染料染成的青色衣,便如此穿着、披覆而行的人。「诡诈者」:指以旁敲侧击等诡诈手法行骗的人,他们为求他人推崇不实功德而诡计欺诳,令人惊奇、高看。「心肠坚硬者」:指由于忿怒与骄慢,心意完全僵硬、粗硬冷酷的人。「谄口者」:指多言、靠诡诈活命的人,当净信者前来问讯:‘尊者,您需要什么?’时,便故意诱使施主多说,从中压榨更多,以如此谄媚之语获取资具,这便是其义。「具角者」:依分别论所说:‘其中,何为角?即所有角,表现为矫饰性、机巧性、诡计与策略的圆满’,意指具足这些如角般外显之烦恼,喜好矫饰、卖弄姿态的人。至于「似圣者」一词,是特为说明‘诡诈者’的:因为这些诡诈之人,外表看似如圣者般安住,所以说他们似圣者般游行。显示巴利原文
Uddhatāti uddhaccena samannāgatā cittekaggatārahitā. Nīlacīvarapārutāti akappiyarajanarattena nīlavaṇṇena cīvarena pārutā, tādisaṃ cīvaraṃ nivāsetvā ceva pārupitvā ca vicaraṇakā. Kuhāti sāmantajappanādinā kuhanavatthunā kuhakā, asantaguṇasambhāvanicchāya kohaññaṃ katvā paresaṃ vimhāpayā. Thaddhāti kodhena mānena ca thaddhamānasā kakkhaḷahadayā. Lapāti lapanakā kuhanavuttikā, pasannamānasehi manussehi ‘‘kena, bhante, ayyassa attho’’ti paccayadāyakānaṃ vadāpanakā, payuttavācāvasena, nippesikatāvasena ca paccayatthaṃ lapakāti vā attho. Siṅgīti ‘‘tattha katamaṃ siṅgaṃ? Yaṃ siṅgaṃ siṅgāratā cāturatā cāturiyaṃ parikkhatatā pārikkhatiya’’nti (vibha. 852) evaṃ vuttehi siṅgasadisehi pākaṭakilesehi samannāgatā, siṅgāracaritāti attho. ‘‘Ariyā viyā’’ti idaṃ ‘‘kuhā’’ti etasseva atthadassanaṃ. Kuhakānañhi ariyānamiva ṭhitabhāvaṃ dassento ariyā viya vicarantīti āha.
「以油拭发者」:指用米油或水油涂抹头发、打理发型的人。「轻躁者」:指从事身体装饰、器具装饰等种种轻佻浮动行为的人。「眼涂彩膏者」:指为装饰而以彩膏描画眼目的人。「将行走于大道」:指假借托钵乞食或拜访信众等事由,在大街上东逛西走,到处闲荡的人。「披象牙色泽衣者」:指披着染成象牙色衣服遮身的人。显示巴利原文
Telasaṇṭhehīti sitthakatelena vā udakatelena vā osaṇṭhitehi. Capalāti kāyamaṇḍanaparikkhāramaṇḍanādinā cāpallena yuttā. Añjanakkhikāti alaṅkārañjanena añjitanettā. Rathiyāya gamissantīti bhikkhācariyāya kulūpasaṅkamanāpadesehi, mahāracchāya ito cito ca paribbhamissanti. Dantavaṇṇikapārutāti dantavaṇṇarattena cīvarena pārutasarīrā.
“不厌弃”:即不应被厌弃。“由解脱者”:即由圣者们。“善加染色”:指以如法的染料作了良好的染色。阿拉汉与佛陀等所行持的、被称为阿拉汉旗帜的这袭袈裟,他们反而将生起厌弃。何以故?因其沉湎于白衣,陷入贪著。此处正是针对穿着牙色衣者说明缘由。他们崇尚白色,怀着“若全然执取白色,便可舍弃出家相”的想法,因而穿着牙色衣。显示巴利原文
Ajegucchanti ajigucchitabbaṃ. Vimuttehīti ariyehi. Surattanti kappiyarajanena suṭṭhu rattaṃ, arahantānaṃ buddhādīnaṃ ciṇṇatāya arahaddhajaṃ jigucchissanti kāsāvaṃ. Kasmā? Odātesu samucchitā gedhaṃ āpannā. Dantavaṇṇapārupanassa hi idaṃ kāraṇavacanaṃ. Te hi setakaṃ sambhāventā ‘‘sabbena sabbaṃ setake gahite liṅgapariccāgo eva siyā’’ti dantavaṇṇaṃ pārupanti.
“贪利养者”:即贪著利养之人。即便在乞食行中,他们也因随顺懈怠而懒惰。由于内心没有修习沙门法的精进,故称“劣精进”。“感到困苦”:即疲惫,指在森林僻静处居住时感到困难、心意疲惫。“村边”:即在村边际的住所,也就是靠近村庄的住所,或者就在村门口的住所。“将居住”:是说他们将住下来。显示巴利原文
Lābhakāmāti lābhagiddhā. Bhikkhācariyāsupi kosajjayogato kusītā. Samaṇadhammaṃ kātuṃ cittassa ussāhābhāvena hīnavīriyā. Kicchantāti, kilamantā, vanapatthesu vasituṃ kicchantā kilantacittāti attho. Gāmantesūti gāmantasenāsanesu gāmasamīpesu senāsanesu, gāmadvāresu vā senāsanesu. Vasissareti vasissanti.
“那些效仿者”:凡以邪命手段获得利养之辈,他们正效仿那些人,并将在其中流转。“将流转”:即他们自身也将为了以邪命生起利养,趋奉国王家族等处,四处流转。或读作“将亲近”,意即亲近。“无自制者”:即缺乏戒律自制的人。显示巴利原文
Te teva anusikkhantāti ye ye micchājīvappayogena laddhalābhā, te te eva puggale anusikkhantā bhamissanti. Bhamissantīti sayampi te viya micchājīvena lābhaṃ uppādetuṃ rājakulādīni sevantā paribbhamissanti. ‘‘Bhajissantī’’ti vā pāṭho, sevissantīti attho. Asaṃyatāti sīlasaṃyamarahitā.
“不得利养者”:那些比丘,虽远离邪命,却因福报微薄而不能获得利养之资具,他们本应受供养、应受礼敬、应受赞叹,但在未来时将不复存在。“即使对极为贤善者”:指那些智慧坚固、极为贤善的比丘,他们也不会去亲近。未来之时,那些得利养者,只是贪求利养的比丘。显示巴利原文
Ye ye alābhino lābhanti ye ye bhikkhū micchājīvaparivajjanena appapuññatāya ca lābhassa paccayassa na lābhino, te pujjā pūjanīyā pāsaṃsā tadā anāgate kāle na bhavissanti. Supesalepi te dhīreti dhitisampannatāya dhīre suṭṭhu pesalepi te bhikkhū na sevissanti, tadā anāgate te lābhino lābhakāmāva bhikkhūti attho.
“密拉库染料所染”:即以黑沼泽染料所染。此为复合词,为适合偈颂而带有鼻音。“责备自己的旗帜”:指厌弃作为自己旗帜的袈裟。因为在教法中出家者,袈裟即称为旗帜。“有些(比丘)将持外道的旗帜”:有些人虽自称释迦子,却将持取那些身着白衣的外道之旗帜——纯白色的衣裳。显示巴利原文
Milakkhurajanaṃ rattanti kālakacchakarajanena rattaṃ. Samāsapadañhetaṃ, gāthāsukhatthaṃ sānunāsikaniddeso. Garahantā sakaṃ dhajanti attano dhajabhūtaṃ kāsāvaṃ jigucchantā. Sāsane pabbajitānañhi kāsāvo dhajo nāma. Titthiyānaṃ dhajaṃ kecīti keci sakyaputtiyabhāvaṃ paṭijānantā eva titthiyānaṃ setavatthikānaṃ dhajabhūtaṃ avadātakaṃ setavatthaṃ dhāressanti.
“对袈裟不恭敬”:在未来时,对于作为阿拉汉旗帜的袈裟,他们将毫无恭敬与尊重。“对袈裟的省思”:即如“我如理省思而受用袈裟”等(中部1.23;增支部6.58)的方法来省察,连这样于受用袈裟时的省思,也将不复存在。显示巴利原文
Agāravoca kāsāveti arahaddhajabhūte kāsāve agāravo abahumānaṃ tadā anāgate tesaṃ bhavissati. Paṭisaṅkhā ca kāsāveti ‘‘paṭisaṅkhā yoniso cīvaraṃ paṭisevāmī’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.23; a. ni. 6.58) nayena paccavekkhaṇamattampi kāsāvaparibhoge na bhavissati.
穿着袈裟者,应怀着恭敬心想:“我当远离恶行。”为阐明应当尊重袈裟的道理,他举出六牙本生,而说“被痛苦所征服……”等语。其中,“被箭所射中者”:指被粗大而有毒的箭所射中,由此被巨大的痛苦所征服。“受伤者”:指身体遭受伤害者。“极为可怖”:指那种思惟极为可怖、极重,因其对身体与生命毫无顾念,是他人无法想象、仅凭思维难以发起的,这曾为六牙象王所有。在六牙象王本生中,猎人须努答拉藏于隐蔽处,以毒箭射中菩萨,菩萨被巨大的痛苦所征服。当他见到猎人取出并穿着的袈裟时,心想:“此人已被圣者的旗帜所覆盖,我不应伤害他。”于是便在那里安住于慈心,随后宣说了后续的法。如所说:显示巴利原文
Kāsāvaṃ dhārentena kāsāvaṃ bahumānena ‘‘duccaritato oramitabba’’nti kāsāvassa garukātabbabhāve chaddantajātakamudāharanto ‘‘abhibhūtassa dukkhenā’’tiādimāha. Tattha sallaviddhassāti puthunā savisena sallena viddhassa, tato eva mahatā dukkhena abhibhūtassa. Ruppatoti sarīravikāraṃ āpajjato. Mahāghorāti sarīrajīvitesu nirapekkhatāya bhimmā garutarā paṭisaṅkhā aññehi acintiyā cintāmattena pavattetuṃ asakkuṇeyyā chaddantamahānāgassaāsi, ahosi. Chaddantanāgarājakāle hi bodhisatto soṇuttarena nāma nesādena paṭicchannaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā visapītena sallena viddho mahatā dukkhena abhibhūto taṃ gahetvā paridahitaṃ kāsāvaṃ disvā ‘‘ayaṃ ariyaddhajena paṭicchanno, na mayā hiṃsitabbo’’ti tattha mettacittameva paccupaṭṭhapetvā uparidhammaṃ desesi. Yathāha –
“为粗箭所中的大象,”
“心无嗔怒,对猎人道:”
贤友,你为了什么目的?又是出于什么原因呢?
是谁杀害了我?又是谁施加了此加害?等等(本生经1.16.124)。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Samappito puthusallena nāgo, Aduṭṭhacitto luddakamajjhabhāsi; Kimatthayaṃ kissa vā samma hetu, Mamaṃ vadhī kassa vāyaṃ payogo’’tiādi. (jā. 1.16.124);
为阐明此义,长老先说道:“六牙象王”等。其中,“深红色的应供旗帜”是指须努答拉所披的袈裟。“abhaṇī”即说。“gāthā(偈颂)”即那些偈颂。“gaja(象)”即名为六牙的象王。“atthopasaṃhitā”即依止于义、具足利益,与利益相应,也就是“义”。显示巴利原文
Imamatthaṃ dassento thero ‘‘chaddanto hī’’tiādimāha. Tattha surattaṃ arahaddhajanti soṇuttarena paridahitakāsāvaṃ sandhāyāha. Abhaṇīti abhāsi. Gāthāti gāthāyo. Gajoti chaddanto nāgarājā. Atthopasaṃhitāti atthasannissitā hitā, hitayuttāti attho.
在六牙象王所说的偈颂中,「anikkasāvo」指被贪等垢秽所染污的人;「paridahissati」指以穿着下衣、上衣及敷具等方式受用而披着。也有读作「paridhassati」的。「Apeto damasaccena」:即远离根的调御以及与究竟谛相应的真实语,意为远离、舍离、弃舍。「Na so」:这样的人不配披着袈裟。显示巴利原文
Chaddantanāgarājena vuttagāthāsu anikkasāvoti rāgādīhi kasāvehi kasāvo, paridahissatīti nivāsanapārupanaattharaṇavasena paribhuñjissati. ‘‘Paridhassatī’’ti vā pāṭho. Apeto damasaccenāti indriyadamena ceva paramatthasaccapakkhikena vacīsaccena ca apeto, viyutto pariccattoti attho. Na soti so evarūpo puggalo kāsāvaṃ paridahituṃ nārahati.
「Vantakasāvassa」:意思是,由四种道吐弃了垢秽、扬弃了垢秽、断除了垢秽之人,应当成就这样的状态。「于诸戒中」:指在四种遍净戒之中。「善等持」:即善入定。「Upeto」:指具足根的调御及前述那种谛实。「Sa ve」:这样的人绝对配得上那件有香气的袈裟衣。这就是义理所在。显示巴利原文
Vantakasāvassāti catūhi maggehi vantakasāvo chaḍḍitakasāvo pahīnakasāvo assa bhaveyyāti attho. Sīlesūti catupārisuddhisīlesu. Susamāhitoti suṭṭhu samāhito. Upetoti indriyadamena ceva vuttappakārena saccena ca upagato samannāgato. Sa veti so evarūpo puggalo taṃ gandhakāsāvavatthaṃ ekantena arahatīti attho.
「vipannasīla(坏戒者)」:即戒破损者。「dummedha(劣慧者)」:指无智慧、缺乏能净化戒之智慧的人。「pākaṭa(声彰者)」:即“此是恶戒者”这样的名声显扬于外,或因诸根散乱而为人所知、根门显露。「kāmakārī(肆意行者)」:指由于毁坏防护而随心所欲而行,或成为欲魔罗随意所欲役使的对象。「vibbhantacitta(心散乱者)」:指心于色等境上散乱驰逐。「nissukka(不洁白者)」:即不洁白,远离白净法,舍离惭愧,或缺少成就善法的精进。显示巴利原文
Vipannasīloti bhinnasīlo. Dummedhoti nippañño sīlavisodhanapaññāya virahito. Pākaṭoti ‘‘dussīlo aya’’nti pākaṭo pakāso, vikkhittindriyatāya vā pākaṭo pākaṭindriyoti attho. Kāmakāriyoti bhinnasaṃvaratāya yathicchitakārako, kāmassa vā mārassa yathākāmakaraṇīyo. Vibbhantacittoti rūpādīsu visayesu vikkhittacitto. Nissukkoti asukko sukkadhammarahito hirottappavivajjito, kusaladhammasampādanaussukkarahito vā.
「离贪者」:指已断除欲贪的人。「意洁白思惟者」:指心意极其清净的寻,或说没有浊秽的思惟。显示巴利原文
Vītarāgoti vigatacchandarāgo. Odātamanasaṅkappoti suvisuddhamanovitakko, anāvilasaṅkappo vā.
「袈裟将能作什么」:是说,对于一个没有戒行的人,袈裟能起什么作用呢?他的出家形相,就如同心中所绘的画,徒有其表而已。这就是它的意思。显示巴利原文
Kāsāvaṃ kiṃ karissatīti yassa sīlaṃ natthi, tassa kāsāvaṃ kiṃ nāma payojanaṃ sādhessati, cittakatasadisaṃ tassa pabbajitaliṅganti attho.
「心染污者」:指被贪等烦恼所染污的心。「无恭敬者」:指对导师、对法、以及彼此之间都不恭敬、不尊重的人。「于修慈心之如实者」:指那些藉由修习慈心而拥有相应心,并因证得阿拉汉果,对可意、不可意等一切境界皆住于平等如实之态的具大功德者。此处的属格是用作受格。「将加害」:意思是“见到那些具足戒等成就者,人们会恭敬他们,而对于我们这样的坏戒者,就不会看重”,由于害怕自己不被恭敬,他们便逼迫这些人,使其被排挤而离去。这就是它的意思。显示巴利原文
Duṭṭhacittāti rāgādidosehi dūsitacittā. Anādarāti satthari dhamme aññamaññañca ādararahitā agāravā. Tādīnaṃ mettacittānanti mettābhāvanāya sampayuttahadaye teneva arahattādhigamena iṭṭhādīsu tādibhāvappatte uḷāraguṇe. Upayogatthe hi idaṃ sāmivacanaṃ. Niggaṇhissantīti ‘‘sīlādisampanne disvā te sambhāventā vipannasīle amhe na bahuṃ maññissantī’’ti attani agāravabhayena yathā te ubbāḷhā pakkamissanti, tathā bādhissantīti attho.
“虽被教导”:即正在受教。此处是以施事者的形式来指称动作的对象。“被诸长老”:即被自己的亲教师与轨范师。“持袈裟”:这仅仅是沙门正行的一个标志,因此,它指的是被以“应当这样前进,应当这样后退”等方式(增支部4.122)加以教导。“不听受”:即不接受教诫。显示巴利原文
Sikkhāpentāpīti sikkhāpiyamānāpi. Kammatthe hi ayaṃ kattuniddeso. Therehīti attano ācariyupajjhāyehi. Cīvaradhāraṇanti idaṃ samaṇapaṭipattiyā nidassanamattaṃ, tasmā ‘‘evaṃ te abhikkamitabbaṃ, evaṃ te paṭikkamitabba’’ntiādinā (a. ni. 4.122) sikkhāpiyamānāpīti attho. Na suṇissantīti ovādaṃ na gaṇhissanti.
“他们这些如此被教导的愚者”:指那些无知的愚人,虽受亲教师与轨范师教导,却因不恭敬而未曾真正学有所成。“他们不尊敬轨范师与亲教师”:即对亲教师和轨范师不表敬意,不遵从他们的教导。这像什么呢?“犹如劣马对待御者”:正如性情恶劣的劣马不接受驯马师的调教,不听从他的指导,同样,他们也不畏惧、不敬爱亲教师与轨范师。这便是此句的意涵。显示巴利原文
Te tathā sikkhitā bālāti te andhabālā ācariyupajjhāyehi sikkhāpiyamānāpi anādaratāya asikkhitāti. Nādiyissantupajjhāyeti upajjhāye ācariye ca ādaraṃ na karonti, tesaṃ anusāsaniyaṃ na tiṭṭhanti. Yathā kiṃ? Khaḷuṅko viya sārathiṃ yathā khaḷuṅko duṭṭhasso assadamakaṃ nādiyati na tassa upadese tiṭṭhati, evaṃ tepi upajjhāyācariye na bhāyanti na sārajjantīti attho.
“如是”等语是对前述内容的总结。其中,“如是”即指前面所说的方式。“未来时”:指未来之时,意为未来的时期。为了具体说明其情形,而说“当最后时到来”。那么,什么算是最后时呢?有人说:“从第三次结集之后便是最后时”,但也有人不同意这种说法。因为教法有五个阶段:解脱阶段、定阶段、戒阶段、多闻阶段、布施阶段。其中,第一个是解脱阶段;当它隐没时,定阶段仍然运行;当定阶段也隐没时,戒阶段仍然运行;当戒阶段也隐没时,多闻阶段还在运行。因为戒不清净的人,出于对利养等的贪著,还会部分地执持多闻教典而住。然而,当教典以论母为终结而全部消失时,从此便只剩下表面的形相了。到了那时,他们会设法积攒财富,经由布施的途径分发出去,据说,这便是他们最后的正当行道了。由此,从多闻阶段开始就算是最后时,而另有人说:“从戒阶段开始”。显示巴利原文
‘‘Eva’’ntiādi vuttassevatthassa nigamanaṃ. Tattha evanti vuttappakārena. Anāgataddhānanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ, anāgate kāleti attho. Taṃyeva sarūpato dassento ‘‘patte kālamhi pacchime’’ti āha. Tattha katamo pacchimakālo? ‘‘Tatiyasaṅgītito paṭṭhāya pacchimakālo’’ti keci, taṃ eke nānujānanti. Sāsanassa hi pañcayugāni vimuttiyugaṃ, samādhiyugaṃ, sīlayugaṃ, sutayugaṃ, dānayuganti. Tesu paṭhamaṃ vimuttiyugaṃ, tasmiṃ antarahite samādhiyugaṃ vattati, tasmimpi antarahite sīlayugaṃ vattati, tasmimpi antarahite sutayugaṃ vattateva. Aparisuddhasīlo hi ekadesena pariyattibāhusaccaṃ paggayha tiṭṭhati lābhādikāmatāya. Yadā pana mātikāpariyosānā pariyatti sabbaso antaradhāyati, tato paṭṭhāya liṅgamattameva avasissati, tadā yathā tathā dhanaṃ saṃharitvā dānamukhena vissajjenti, sā kira nesaṃ carimā sammāpaṭipatti. Tattha sutayugato paṭṭhāya pacchimakālo, ‘‘sīlayugato paṭṭhāyā’’ti apare.
就这样,长老开示了未来时期将生起的大怖畏后,为进一步教导聚集的比丘们,又以“在它来临之前”等开头说了三首偈颂。其中,“在它来临之前”的意思是:我所告诉你们的、将会障碍修行而尚未到来的大怖畏,在它来临之前,趁尚未到来之时,就应如此而行。“善语者”,指能接受批评、具备易受教化之质,对师长教诲恭敬顺从的人,你们应当成为这样的人。“柔和”,指内心柔软。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ thero pacchime kāle uppajjanakaṃ mahābhayaṃ dassetvā puna tattha sannipatitabhikkhūnaṃ ovādaṃ dadanto ‘‘purā āgacchate’’tiādinā tisso gāthā abhāsi. Tattha purā āgacchate etanti etaṃ mayā tumhākaṃ vuttaṃ paṭipattiantarāyakaraṃ anāgataṃ mahābhayaṃ āgacchati purā, yāva āgamissati, tāvadevāti attho. Subbacāti vacanakkhamā sovacassakārakehi dhammehi samannāgatā, garūnaṃ anusāsaniyo padakkhiṇaggāhino hothāti attho. Sakhilāti muduhadayā.
“慈心”:与慈相应之心,慈的特相是对一切众生施予利益。“悲悯者”:指致力于悲悯,具备以拔除他人痛苦为行相的悲悯。“已发勤”:为断除不善法、具足善法而策励提起的精进。“心正向”:指心朝向涅槃而趣。“常”:一切时中恒常如是。“坚固精勤”:指坚毅而稳固的精进。显示巴利原文
Mettacittāti sabbasattesu hitūpasaṃhāralakkhaṇāya mettāya sampayuttacittā. Kāruṇikāti karuṇāya niyuttā paresaṃ dukkhāpanayanākāravuttiyā karuṇāya samannāgatā. Āraddhavīriyāti akusalānaṃ pahānāya kusalānaṃ upasampadāya paggahitavīriyā. Pahitattāti nibbānaṃ paṭipesitacittā. Niccanti sabbakālaṃ. Daḷhaparakkamāti thiravīriyā.
“放逸”:即放逸,指于善法不勤实践,于不善法则放任自心沉溺其中。正如经中所说:显示巴利原文
Pamādanti pamajjanaṃ, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ananuṭṭhānaṃ, akusalesu ca dhammesu cittavossaggo. Vuttañhi –
其中,什么是放逸?即于身恶行、语恶行或意恶行,或在五种欲乐目标上,心的放纵、一再纵容;以及对修习种种善法不认真、不恭敬的态度等。显示巴利原文
‘‘Tattha katamo pamādo? Kāyaduccarite vā vacīduccarite vā manoduccarite vā pañcasu vā kāmaguṇesu cittassa vossaggo vossaggānuppadānaṃ, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvanāya asakkaccakiriyatā’’tiādi (vibha. 930).
「不放逸」:即不放纵,应知此为放逸的对立面。从义理上说,不放逸意为念不远离,亦即念已现前,故得此名。此处所要表达的意义是:由于一切不利之事皆以放逸为根本,一切利益皆以不放逸为根本,因此见到放逸是怖畏、有祸患的,见到不放逸是安稳、无祸患的。为令不放逸的修习达到顶峰——即含摄以戒为首的三个蕴、由正见等八支所成的八支圣道;为令不死的涅槃得以触证、亲证,于自身相续中生起;不止于仅见之道,更进而生起后三道之修习以增长之。如是,你们的不放逸修习将达至顶峰。显示巴利原文
Appamādanti appamajjanaṃ, so pamādassa paṭipakkhato veditabbo. Atthato hi appamādo nāma satiyā avippavāso, upaṭṭhitāya satiyā eva cetaṃ nāmaṃ. Ayañhettha attho – yasmā pamādamūlakā sabbe anatthā, appamādamūlakā ca sabbe atthā, tasmā pamādaṃ bhayato upaddavato disvā appamādañca khemato anupaddavato disvā appamādapaṭipattiyā sikhābhūtaṃ sīlādikkhandhattayasaṅgahaṃ sammādiṭṭhiādīnaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ aṅgānaṃ vasena aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ ariyamaggaṃ bhāvetha, amataṃ nibbānaṃ phusantā sacchikarontā attano santāne uppādetha, dassanamaggamatte aṭṭhatvā upari tiṇṇaṃ maggānaṃ uppādanavasena vaḍḍhetha, evaṃ vo appamādabhāvanā sikhāpattā bhavissatīti.
就这样,长老教导了在座的会众。这些便是他记说证悟的偈颂。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ thero sampattaparisaṃ ovadati. Imā eva cimassa therassa aññābyākaraṇagāthā ahesunti.
2. 舍利弗长老偈颂注释显示巴利原文
2. Sāriputtattheragāthāvaṇṇanā
以“如行、如信”等开篇的,是尊者舍利弗长老的偈颂。关于他以及尊者大目犍连长老的事迹,应当这样来了知:在过去,距今十万劫又逾一个无量劫的久远时世,尊者舍利弗投生于一个婆罗门大富豪家中,名唤沙罗陀青年。大目犍连则投生于一个居士大富豪家中,名为西利瓦达居士。两人自幼便是玩伴。后来沙罗陀青年在父亲去世后继承了家产。一天,他独处静思:“有情必定会死,因此,我应出家寻求解脱之道。”于是他便去找朋友,说道:“朋友,我想要出家,你能一同出家吗?”对方答说“我做不到”时,他便说:“既然如此,我就独自出家。”他便打开装满财宝的仓库,向穷人、行路人等作了大布施,之后前往山脚下,依仙人的方式出家。追随他出家的婆罗门青年约有七万四千人。他证得五神通与八等至后,又教导那些结发外道修习遍处的前行。结果,所有人也都证得了五神通与八等至。显示巴利原文
Yathācārīyathāsatotiādikā āyasmato sāriputtattherassa gāthā. Tassa āyasmato mahāmoggallānattherassa ca vatthu evaṃ veditabbaṃ – atīte ito satasahassakappādhike asaṅkhyeyyamatthake āyasmā sāriputto brāhmaṇamahāsālakule nibbatti, nāmena saradamāṇavo nāma ahosi. Mahāmoggallāno gahapatimahāsālakule nibbatti, nāmena sirivaḍḍhakuṭumbiko nāma ahosi. Te ubhopi sahapaṃsukīḷakasahāyā ahesuṃ. Tesu saradamāṇavo pitu accayena kulasantakaṃ dhanaṃ paṭipajjitvā ekadivasaṃ rahogato cintesi – ‘‘imesaṃ sattānaṃ maraṇaṃ nāma ekantikaṃ, tasmā mayā ekaṃ pabbajjaṃ upagantvā mokkhamaggo gavesitabbo’’ti sahāyaṃ upasaṅkamitvā, samma, ahaṃ pabbajitukāmo, kiṃ tvaṃ pabbajituṃ sakkhissasī’’ti vatvā tena ‘‘na sakkhissāmī’’ti vutte ‘‘hotu ahameva pabbajissāmī’’ti ratanakoṭṭhāgārāni vivarāpetvā kapaṇaddhikādīnaṃ mahādānaṃ datvā pabbatapādaṃ gantvā isipabbajjaṃ pabbaji. Tassa pabbajjaṃ anupabbajitā catusattatisahassamattā brāhmaṇaputtā ahesuṃ. So pañca abhiññāyo aṭṭha ca samāpattiyo nibbattetvā tesampi jaṭilānaṃ kasiṇaparikammaṃ ācikkhi. Tepi sabbe pañcābhiññā aṭṭha samāpattiyo nibbattesuṃ.
那时,一位名为无量见的正自觉者出现于世间,转动了无上法轮,将众生从轮回的大洪流中度脱。有一天,世尊想:“我要去摄化沙罗陀苦行者及他的弟子们。”于是独自一人,持钵与衣,从空中前往。为了让苦行者知道自己已成就佛果,世尊便当着苦行者的面,从空中降下,立于大地。沙罗陀苦行者仔细观察到世尊身上的大人相,断定“这必是一位一切知者佛陀”,便上前迎接,铺设座位,请佛入座。世尊在敷设的座位上坐下。沙罗陀苦行者则靠近世尊身旁,在一侧坐下。显示巴利原文
Tena samayena anomadassī nāma sammāsambuddho loke uppajjitvā pavattitavaradhammacakko satte saṃsāramahoghato tāretvā ekadivasaṃ ‘‘saradatāpasassa ca antevāsikānañca saṅgahaṃ karissāmī’’ti eko adutiyo pattacīvaramādāya ākāsena gantvā ‘‘buddhabhāvaṃ me jānātū’’ti tāpasassa passantasseva ākāsato otaritvā pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhāsi. Saradatāpaso satthu sarīre mahāpurisalakkhaṇāni upadhāretvā ‘‘sabbaññubuddhoyevāya’’nti niṭṭhaṃ gantvā paccuggamanaṃ katvā āsanaṃ paññāpetvā adāsi. Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane. Saradatāpaso satthu santike ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
就在这时,他的弟子们——约七万四千位结发外道,带着各种殊胜而富有营养的果实回来了。他们见到世尊,心中生起净信,看到自己的老师与世尊坐下时的位次,便问道:“老师,我们过去一直以为‘没有比您更伟大的人’,可是这位男子看起来比您更伟大啊。”老师回答:“孩子们,你们在说什么?你们是想用一粒芥子,去与六万八千由旬高的须弥山相比吗?别把我跟一切知者佛陀相提并论。”这时,那些苦行者听了老师的话,心中想道:“啊,这位人中最胜者竟如此伟大!”于是他们全都跪倒在地,以头面礼敬世尊足下。显示巴利原文
Tasmiṃ samaye tassa antevāsikā catusattatisahassamattā jaṭilā paṇītapaṇītāni ojavantāni phalāphalāni gahetvā āgatā satthāraṃ disvā sañjātappasādā attano ācariyassa ca satthu ca nisinnākāraṃ oloketvā, ‘‘ācariya, mayaṃ pubbe ‘tumhehi mahantataro koci natthī’ti vicarāma, ayaṃ pana puriso tumhehi mahantataro maññe’’ti āhaṃsu. ‘‘Kiṃ vadetha, tātā? Sāsapena saddhiṃ aṭṭhasaṭṭhiyojanasatasahassubbedhaṃ sineruṃ samaṃ kātuṃ icchatha? Sabbaññubuddhena maṃ tulyaṃ mā karitthā’’ti. Atha te tāpasā ācariyassa vacanaṃ sutvā ‘‘yāva mahā vatāyaṃ purisuttamo’’ti sabbeva pādesu nipatitvā satthāraṃ vandiṃsu.
于是,那位老师便对大家说:“孩子们,我们手边没有与世尊相称的供养物。世尊是在托钵时分来到此地的,来吧,我们尽自己的能力做些供养。你们各自将带来的上好果品,全都取来。”他让弟子们取来果品,洗干净双手,亲手将果品放进如来的钵中。世尊接受之时,天人便将天界的妙食投入钵里。那位苦行者又自己滤了水,供养给世尊。用斋后,世尊仍坐着,他便召集所有弟子,在世尊身旁坐下,叙说着令人喜悦的亲切话语。这时世尊心想:“愿两位上首弟子与比丘僧团一同前来。”那两位上首弟子了知世尊的心意,立即与十万阿拉汉眷属一同来到,向世尊顶礼后,站在一旁。显示巴利原文
Atha te ācariyo āha – ‘‘tātā, satthu anucchaviko no deyyadhammo natthi, satthā ca bhikkhācāravelāya idhāgato, handa mayaṃ deyyadhammaṃ yathābalaṃ dassāma. Tumhehi yaṃ yaṃ paṇītaṃ phalāphalaṃ ābhataṃ, taṃ taṃ āharathā’’ti āharāpetvā hatthe dhovitvā sayaṃ tathāgatassa patte patiṭṭhāpesi. Satthārā ca phalāphale paṭiggaṇhitamatte devatā dibbojaṃ pakkhipiṃsu. Tāpaso udakampi sayameva parissāvetvā adāsi. Tato bhojanakiccaṃ niṭṭhāpetvā satthari nisinne sabbe antevāsike pakkositvā satthu santike sāraṇīyaṃ kathaṃ kathento nisīdi. Satthā ‘‘dve aggasāvakā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ āgacchantū’’ti cintesi. Te satthu cittaṃ ñatvā tāvadeva satasahassakhīṇāsavaparivārā aggasāvakā āgantvā satthāraṃ vanditvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu.
这时,沙罗陀苦行者对身边的弟子们说:“孩子们,我们应当以花座来供养世尊和比丘僧团,你们去采些花来吧。”弟子们立刻运用神通,采来了色泽与香气具足的花朵。他们为佛陀敷设了一个一由旬大的花座,为两位上首弟子各敷设了三牛吼大的花座,为其余比丘敷设了半由旬等各种大小的座位,又为僧团中最资浅的比丘敷设了一个一乌沙巴大的花座。这样敷设好座位后,沙罗陀苦行者站到如来面前,合掌说道:“尊者,请您为了怜愍护念我,坐上这个花座吧。”世尊便在花座上坐下。世尊坐下后,两位上首弟子和其余比丘也各自在自己的座位上坐下。世尊心想:“愿他们获得大果报。”便进入了灭尽定。觉知世尊入定后,两位上首弟子及其他比丘也都进入了灭尽定。这位苦行者便一直举着花伞盖,连续站了七天。那些外道则以林中的根、茎、果实为食,并在其他时间里,一直合掌站立着。显示巴利原文
Tato saradatāpaso antevāsike āmantesi – ‘‘tātā, satthu bhikkhusaṅghassa ca pupphāsanena pūjā kātabbā, tasmā pupphāni āharathā’’ti. Te tāvadeva iddhiyā vaṇṇagandhasampannāni pupphāni āharitvā buddhassa yojanappamāṇaṃ pupphāsanaṃ paññāpesuṃ, ubhinnaṃ aggasāvakānaṃ tigāvutaṃ, sesabhikkhūnaṃ aḍḍhayojanikādibhedaṃ, saṅghanavakassa usabhamattaṃ paññāpesuṃ. Evaṃ tesaṃ paññattesu āsanesu saradatāpaso tathāgatassa purato añjaliṃ paggayha ṭhito – ‘‘bhante, mayhaṃ anuggahatthāya imaṃ pupphāsanaṃ abhiruhathā’’ti āha. Nisīdi bhagavā pupphāsane. Satthari nisinne dve aggasāvakā sesabhikkhū ca attano attano pattāsane nisīdiṃsu. Satthā ‘‘tesaṃ mahapphalaṃ hotū’’ti nirodhaṃ samāpajji. Satthu samāpannabhāvaṃ ñatvā dve aggasāvakāpi sesabhikkhūpi nirodhaṃ samāpajjiṃsu. Tāpaso sattāhaṃ nirantaraṃ pupphacchattaṃ dhārento aṭṭhāsi. Itare pana vanamūlaphalāphalaṃ paribhuñjitvā sesakāle añjaliṃ paggayha aṭṭhaṃsu.
七天过后,世尊从灭尽定中出定,对上首弟子尼萨跋长老说:“你为这些苦行者就他们供养花座一事,作随喜开示吧。”长老立足于声闻波罗蜜智,为他们作了随喜开示。开示结束时,世尊又对第二位首座弟子阿耨玛长老说:“你也来为他们说法。”长老同样通观三藏佛语后,为他们宣说了法义。然而,经过这两位长老的两次开示,竟无一人能洞见法义。于是,世尊便立足于佛陀独有的境界,开始说法。开示结束时,除沙罗陀苦行者以外,其余所有约七万四千名结发外道,全都证得了阿拉汉果。世尊伸出手说:“来吧,比丘们!”他们原有的苦行者形相瞬间消失,化作手持八种资具、犹如已有六十夏腊的长老一般。显示巴利原文
Satthā sattāhassa accayena nirodhato vuṭṭhāya aggasāvakaṃ nisabhattheraṃ āmantesi – ‘‘tāpasānaṃ pupphāsanānumodanaṃ karohī’’ti. Thero sāvakapāramīñāṇe ṭhatvā tesaṃ pupphāsanānumodanaṃ akāsi. Tassa desanāvasāne satthā dutiyaṃ aggasāvakaṃ anomattheraṃ āmantesi – ‘‘tvampi imesaṃ dhammaṃ desehī’’ti. Sopi tepiṭakaṃ buddhavacanaṃ sammasitvā tesaṃ dhammaṃ kathesi. Dvinnampi desanāya ekassapi dhammābhisamayo nāhosi. Atha satthā buddhavisaye ṭhatvā dhammadesanaṃ ārabhi. Desanāvasāne ṭhapetvā saradatāpasaṃ avasesā sabbepi catusattatisahassamattā jaṭilā arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu. Satthā ‘‘etha, bhikkhavo’’ti hatthaṃ pasāresi. Te tāvadeva antarahitatāpasavesā aṭṭhaparikkhāravaradharā saṭṭhivassikattherā viya ahesuṃ.
沙罗陀苦行者呢?世尊说法时,他心中反复思惟:“啊,希望我将来也能像这位尼萨跋长老一样,成为某一位佛陀的上首弟子!”由于生起了这个念头,他心不在焉,未能证悟道果。随后,他向如来顶礼,立下了此愿。世尊观察到他将来必能无碍满愿,便授记说:“从此以后,经十万大劫加一阿僧祇劫,在名为乔达摩的正自觉者的教法中,你将成为他的上首弟子,名唤舍利弗。”说完后,世尊说了一段法语,便在比丘僧团的围绕下升入虚空。显示巴利原文
Saradatāpaso pana ‘‘aho vatāhampi ayaṃ nisabhatthero viya anāgate ekassa buddhassa aggasāvako bhaveyya’’nti satthu desanākāle uppannaparivitakkatāya aññavihito hutvā maggaphalāni paṭivijjhituṃ nāsakkhi. Atha tathāgataṃ vanditvā tathā paṇidhānaṃ akāsi. Satthāpissa anantarāyena samijjhanabhāvaṃ disvā – ‘‘ito tvaṃ kappasatasahassādhikaṃ ekaṃ asaṅkhyeyyaṃ atikkamitvā gotamassa nāma sammāsambuddhassa aggasāvako sāriputto nāma bhavissasī’’ti byākaritvā dhammakathaṃ vatvā bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto ākāsaṃ pakkhandi.
沙罗陀苦行者随后也来到朋友西利瓦达跟前,说:“贤友,我已于无量见佛的足下,发愿在未来乔达摩正自觉者的教法中成为上首弟子。你也发愿成为他的第二位上首弟子吧。”显示巴利原文
Saradatāpasopi sahāyakassa sirivaḍḍhassa santikaṃ gantvā, samma, mayā anomadassissa bhagavato pādamūle anāgate uppajjanakassa gotamassa nāma sammāsambuddhassa aggasāvakaṭṭhānaṃ patthitaṃ, tvampi tassa dutiyasāvakaṭṭhānaṃ patthehīti.
西利瓦达听了这个建议后,在自己住所门口,将约八个卡利沙大的地面平整好,撒上以炒米为主的五种花,搭起一座铺着青莲花帐幕的棚屋。他在其中铺设好佛的座位及诸比丘的座位,准备了丰盛的供养。之后,他请沙罗陀苦行者代为迎请世尊,连续七天供养盛大的布施,并以极其贵重的衣物供养以佛陀为首的比丘僧团。与此同时,他发愿成为第二位上首弟子。世尊也观察到他将来必能无碍满愿,便如前为他授记,作饭后随喜后离去。西利瓦达欢喜满足,尽其一生修习诸善业,命终之后,于第二心生起的刹那生于欲界天界。沙罗陀苦行者则修习四梵住,最后生于梵天世界。显示巴利原文
Sirivaḍḍho taṃ upadesaṃ sutvā attano nivesanadvāre aṭṭhakarīsamattaṃ ṭhānaṃ samatalaṃ kāretvā lājapañcamāni pupphāni vikiritvā nīluppalacchadanaṃ maṇḍapaṃ kāretvā buddhāsanaṃ paññāpetvā bhikkhūnampi āsanāni paññāpetvā mahantaṃ sakkārasammānaṃ sajjetvā, saradatāpasena satthāraṃ nimantāpetvā sattāhaṃ mahādānaṃ pavattetvā, buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ mahārahehi vatthehi acchādetvā, dutiyasāvakabhāvāya paṇidhānaṃ akāsi. Satthāpissa anantarāyena samijjhanabhāvaṃ disvā vuttanayena byākaritvā bhattānumodanaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Sirivaḍḍho haṭṭhapahaṭṭho yāvajīvaṃ kusalakammaṃ katvā dutiyacittavāre kāmāvacaradevaloke nibbatti. Saradatāpaso cattāro brahmavihāre bhāvetvā brahmaloke nibbatti.
从此以后,经中对他们两人之间辗转轮回的经历未再详述。而我们的世尊出现于世之前,沙罗陀苦行者已先投生于王舍城附近的优波提舍村,入一位名叫色沙利的婆罗门女胎中。就在同一天,他的友人也投生于王舍城附近的拘利陀村,入一位名叫目伽莉的婆罗门女胎中。这两族自七代以来便是互相交好的世交。二人的母亲在同一天举行了护胎仪式。怀胎十月期满,两家各生一男婴,并一共安排了六十六位乳母加以照料。到了命名之日,色沙利婆罗门女之子因是优波提舍村最高贵族之子,故取名优波提舍;另一位因是拘利陀村最高贵族之子,故取名拘利陀。两人皆在众多随从的围绕中长大,成年后精通世间一切技艺。显示巴利原文
Tato paṭṭhāya nesaṃ ubhinnampi antarākammaṃ na kathitaṃ. Amhākaṃ pana bhagavato uppattito puretarameva saradatāpaso rājagahassa avidūre upatissagāme rūpasāriyā brāhmaṇiyā kucchimhi paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhi. Taṃdivasamevassa sahāyopi rājagahasseva avidūre kolitagāme moggaliyā brāhmaṇiyā kucchimhi paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhi. Tāni kira dvepi kulāni yāva sattamā kulaparivaṭṭā ābaddhapaṭibaddhasahāyakāneva. Tesaṃ dvinnaṃ ekadivasameva gabbhaparihāramadaṃsu. Dasamāsaccayena jātānampi tesaṃ chasaṭṭhi dhātiyo upaṭṭhāpesuṃ, nāmaggahaṇadivase rūpasāribrāhmaṇiyā puttassa upatissagāme jeṭṭhakulassa puttattā upatissoti nāmaṃ akaṃsu. Itarassa kolitagāme jeṭṭhakulassa puttattā kolitoti nāmaṃ akaṃsu. Te ubhopi mahatā parivārena vaḍḍhantā vuddhimanvāya sabbasippānaṃ pāraṃ agamaṃsu.
后来有一天,他们二人在王舍城参加山顶的节庆活动,见大众云集。由于他们的智慧已经成熟,内心深处猛然生起如理作意,生起很大的悚惧,心想:“这所有的人,不过百年都将落入死主之口。”于是他们下定决心:“我们必须寻求解脱之法。而求法者应当出家。”就这样,他们与五百青年一同在游方者散吒耶座下出家。自他们出家那时起,散吒耶便获得了最高的利养与名声。他们两人在极短时间内便完全掌握了散吒耶的一切教法。然而他们发现这些教法中并无真实内容,便离开了散吒耶。此后,他们四处周游,向那些公认有智慧的大沙门、大婆罗门请教问题。那些被请教的人不但无法解答他们的疑问,反而还要依赖他们来解惑。就在这样游方求道的过程中,他们互相约定:“你我二人,谁先证得不死之境,定要告知对对方。”显示巴利原文
Athekadivasaṃ te rājagahe giraggasamajjaṃ passantā mahājanaṃ sannipatitaṃ disvā ñāṇassa paripākagatattā yoniso ummujjantā ‘‘sabbepime oraṃ vassasatānaṃ maccumukhe patissantī’’ti saṃvegaṃ paṭilabhitvā ‘‘amhehi mokkhadhammo pariyesitabbo, tañca pariyesantehi ekaṃ pabbajjaṃ laddhuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti nicchayaṃ katvā pañcahi māṇavakasatehi saddhiṃ sañcayassa paribbājakassa santike pabbajiṃsu. Tesaṃ pabbajitakālato paṭṭhāya sañcayo lābhaggayasaggappatto ahosi . Te katipāheneva sabbaṃ sañcayassa samayaṃ pariggaṇhitvā tattha sāraṃ adisvā tato nikkhamitvā tattha tattha te te paṇḍitasammate samaṇabrāhmaṇe pañhaṃ pucchanti, te tehi puṭṭhā neva sampāyanti, aññadatthu teyeva tesaṃ pañhaṃ vissajjenti. Evaṃ te mokkhaṃ pariyesantā katikaṃ akaṃsu – ‘‘amhesu yo paṭhamaṃ amataṃ adhigacchati, so itarassa ārocetū’’ti.
在那时,我们的导师证得第一正觉、转动殊胜法轮之后,次第调伏了以优楼频螺迦叶为首的一千位结发者,正住于王舍城。一天,游方者优波提舍前往游方者园时,看见尊者阿说示长老在王舍城中托钵而行,心想:“我从未见过威仪如此圆满的出家者,此人必定拥有寂静之法!”心生净信,为了请教法义,他注视着尊者,紧随其后而行。长老得食后,前往适合用餐之处。游方者便铺好自己游方者的凳子,并奉上。斋毕,又用自己的水瓶供水给长老。显示巴利原文
Tena ca samayena amhākaṃ satthari paṭhamābhisambodhiṃ patvā pavattitavaradhammacakke anupubbena uruvelakassapādike sahassajaṭile dametvā rājagahe viharante ekadivasaṃ upatisso paribbājako paribbājakārāmaṃ gacchanto āyasmantaṃ assajittheraṃ rājagahe piṇḍāya carantaṃ disvā ‘‘na mayā evarūpo ākappasampanno pabbajito diṭṭhapubbo, santadhammena nāma ettha bhavitabba’’nti sañjātappasādo pañhaṃ pucchituṃ āyasmantaṃ udikkhanto piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi. Theropi laddhapiṇḍapāto paribhuñjituṃ patirūpaṃ okāsaṃ gato. Paribbājako attano paribbājakapīṭhaṃ paññāpetvā adāsi. Bhattakiccapariyosāne cassa attano kuṇḍikāya udakaṃ adāsi.
如此,他履行了弟子的义务,与用过斋饭的长老互相问候后,问道:“谁是你的导师?你欣乐于谁的教法?”长老指明是正自觉者。他又问:“您的导师宣说什么教法?”长老心想:“我将显示这教法的甚深性”,便表明自己出家未久,简要地为他开示教法,诵出“诸法因缘生……”的偈颂。游方者仅听到前两句,便安立于具足千种理趣的入流果;后两句则在他证入流时结束。偈颂结束时,他已成为入流者,但更高的殊胜境界并未生起。他意识到“这必有原因”,便对长老说:“尊者,请不要再继续说法了,且止于此。我们的导师住在何处?”“在竹林。”“尊者,请您先行。我履行对友人的承诺后,便带他一同前来。”他以五体投地之礼敬拜,右绕三匝,送别长老后,返回游方者园。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ so ācariyavattaṃ katvā katabhattakiccena therena saddhiṃ paṭisanthāraṃ katvā ‘‘ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṃ dhammaṃ rocesī’’ti pucchi. Thero sammāsambuddhaṃ apadisi. Puna tena ‘‘kiṃvādī panāyasmato satthā’’ti puṭṭho ‘‘imassa sāsanassa gambhīrataṃ dassessāmī’’ti attano navakabhāvaṃ pavedetvā saṅkhepavasena cassa sāsanadhammaṃ kathento ‘‘ye dhammā hetuppabhavā’’ti (mahāva. 60; apa. thera 1.1.286; peṭako. 9) gāthamāha. Paribbājako paṭhamapadadvayameva sutvā sahassanayasampanne sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāsi, itaraṃ padadvayaṃ sotāpannakāle niṭṭhāsi. Gāthāpariyosāne pana sotāpanno hutvā upari visese appavattente ‘‘bhavissati ettha kāraṇa’’nti sallakkhetvā theraṃ āha – ‘‘mā, bhante, upari dhammadesanaṃ vaḍḍhayittha, ettakameva hotu, kahaṃ amhākaṃ satthā vasatī’’ti? ‘‘Veḷuvane’’ti. ‘‘Bhante, tumhe purato gacchatha, ahaṃ mayhaṃ sahāyakassa katapaṭiññaṃ mocetvā taṃ gahetvā āgamissāmī’’ti pañcapatiṭṭhitena vanditvā tikkhattuṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā theraṃ uyyojetvā paribbājakārāmaṃ agamāsi.
拘律陀游方者远远看到他走来,心想:“他的面色与往日不同,必定已证得不死!”于是向他推测已证殊胜后,便问是否证得不死。他回答说:“是的,贤友,我已证得不死。”并宣说同一偈颂。偈颂结束时,拘律陀安立于入流果,问:“我们的导师在哪里?”“在竹林。”“那么,贤友,我们去吧,去见导师。”优波提舍始终敬重老师,因此他去到散阇耶面前,称扬导师的功德,也想带他一起去见导师。他因贪图利养而背离,不愿成为弟子,拒绝说:“我既已为大陶罐,岂能再做小水勺?”他们用各种理由都无法说服他,便带着听从自己教导的二百五十位学童,一同前往竹林。导师远远看见他们到来,说道:“这一对将成为我的声闻双贤,是最上首的双贤。”然后,随顺他们的众会根性而说法,使之安立于阿拉汉果,并以“善来比丘”的方式授与具足戒。就像他们一样,两位首座声闻的神变所成钵与衣也自然到来。然而上三道的作用尚未完成。为什么?因为声闻波罗蜜智极其广大。显示巴利原文
Kolitaparibbājako taṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ disvā ‘‘mukhavaṇṇo na aññadivasesu viya, addhānena amataṃ adhigataṃ bhavissatī’’ti tenevassa visesādhigamaṃ sambhāvetvā amatādhigamaṃ pucchi. Sopissa ‘‘āmāvuso, amataṃ adhigata’’nti paṭijānitvā tameva gāthaṃ abhāsi. Gāthāpariyosāne kolito sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahitvā āha – ‘‘kahaṃ no satthā’’ti? ‘‘Veḷuvane’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, āvuso, āyāma, satthāraṃ passissāmā’’ti. Upatisso sabbakālampi ācariyapūjakova, tasmā sañcayassa santikaṃ gantvā satthu guṇe pakāsetvā tampi satthu santikaṃ netukāmo ahosi. So lābhāsāpakato antevāsikabhāvaṃ anicchanto ‘‘na sakkomi cāṭi hutvā udakasiñcanaṃ hotu’’nti paṭikkhipi. Te anekehi kāraṇehi taṃ saññāpetuṃ asakkontā attano ovāde vattamānehi aḍḍhateyyasatehi antevāsikehi saddhiṃ veḷuvanaṃ agamaṃsu. Satthā te dūratova āgacchante disvā ‘‘etaṃ me sāvakayugaṃ bhavissati aggaṃ bhaddayuga’’nti vatvā tesaṃ parisāya cariyavasena dhammaṃ desetvā arahatte patiṭṭhāpetvā ehibhikkhubhāvena upasampadaṃ adāsi. Yathā tesaṃ, evaṃ aggasāvakānampi iddhimayapattacīvaraṃ āgatameva. Uparimaggattayakiccaṃ pana na niṭṭhāti. Kasmā? Sāvakapāramīñāṇassa mahantatāya.
其中,尊者大目犍连在出家后的第七天,于摩揭陀国的迦罗瓦剌村修习沙门法时,陷入惛沉睡眠,被导师激发悚惧心,去除惛沉睡眠后,听闻界业处,便证得上三道,达到声闻波罗蜜智的顶点。尊者舍利弗在出家半个月后,与导师一同住在王舍城的猪掘洞。当为他的外甥长爪游方者开示《受等持经》时,他随顺着开示运用智慧,犹如吃着他人所增的饭一般,达到了声闻波罗蜜智的顶点。如此,两位首座声闻都是在导师跟前,达到了声闻波罗蜜智的顶点。因此,在《譬喻》中说:显示巴利原文
Tesu āyasmā mahāmoggallāno pabbajitadivasato sattame divase magadharaṭṭhe kallavālagāme samaṇadhammaṃ karonto thinamiddhe okkante satthārā saṃvejito thinamiddhaṃ vinodetvā dhātukammaṭṭhānaṃ (a. ni. 7.61) suṇanto eva uparimaggattayaṃ adhigantvā sāvakapāramīñāṇassa matthakaṃ pāpuṇi. Āyasmā sāriputto pabbajitadivasato aḍḍhamāsaṃ atikkamitvā satthārā saddhiṃ rājagahe sūkarakhataleṇe viharanto attano bhāgineyyassa dīghanakhaparibbājakassa vedanāpariggahasuttante (ma. ni. 2.201 ādayo) desiyamāne desanānusārena ñāṇaṃ pesetvā parassa vaḍḍhitaṃ bhattaṃ bhuñjanto viya sāvakapāramīñāṇassa matthakaṃ pāpuṇi. Iti dvinnampi aggasāvakānaṃ satthu samīpe eva sāvakapāramīñāṇaṃ matthakaṃ pattaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ apadāne (apa. thera 1.1.141-374) –
在雪山不远之处,有一座名为兰巴的山;
我的精舍建造完善,树叶搭成的小屋也善巧建立。
附近有河流,河岸平缓,渡口善好,令人心旷神怡;
纯净的白沙散布河岸,离我的精舍不远。
河中既无石砾,也无陡峭险岸;河水甘甜,无有异味;
一条小河在那里流淌,映衬着我的精舍。
这里有鳄鱼、摩伽罗鱼,还有恒河豚与龟;
它们在河中游弋,令我的隐修处变得悦目。
叉尾鲇、帕瓦娑鱼、巴拉伽鱼、蒙佳罗希答鱼,
婆伽罗鱼跃出水面,庄严着我的隐修处。
小河两岸,树木花满枝、果满树;
枝条从两岸垂下交覆,庄严着我的隐修处。
芒果、娑罗、底罗迦、喇叭花与因陀罗花,
盛开时散逸天界之香,缭绕于我的净修之林。
旃簸迦、飒罗罗、尼波、龙树、富楼那迦与露兜树;
当它们盛开时,天界的芬芳便弥漫在我的隐修处。
阿提目多花、无忧花与姊妹花蔓,皆已盛开;
阿伽罗花与频毗罗花,盛开于我的隐修处。
刺蒴麻、甘达莉花、苟度迦草与提那苏利伽草,
它们散发天香,庄严我的隐修处。
翅子树、甘尼迦花,以及众多的无忧树与榄仁树;
它们散发天界的芬芳,庄严我的隐修处。
富楼那伽树与山富楼那伽树,以及鲜花盛开的葛维腊罗树;
它们散发天界的芬芳,庄严我的隐修处。
优昙跋罗树和拘耆罗树,还有众多的迦昙婆树和婆拘罗树;
它们散发着天香,庄严着我的隐修处。
阿梨伽、仙人慕伽,以及芭蕉与枸橼;
它们以香水浇灌生长,结满了果实。
有些莲花正在盛开,有些正抽出花蕊;
另有一些莲花已经凋谢,那时的池塘里依然开满了花朵。
莲花结出莲蓬,莲茎在水中荡漾;
那时,池塘里菱叶遍布,熠熠生辉。
那义达花与芒果香花,乌达利花与亲戚活命花;
那时,天香弥漫,池塘里的花正盛开着。
叉尾鲇鱼与雨季鱼、力生鱼与蒙佳罗希答鱼;
还有桑古拉鱼与玛古拉鱼,那时都栖居在这池塘中。
鳄鱼、苏苏摩罗、执线索的鬼怪与罗刹,
奥古哈与大蟒蛇,那时都栖居于此池塘中。
帕雷瓦鸟、日鹅,以及河中的鸳鸯;
杜鹃、鹦鹉与椋鸟,都依此湖为生。
库库塔伽鸟、螃蟹,与林中的莲池鸟;
丁迪巴鸟与鹦鹉雏鸟,也都依此湖为生。
天鹅、苍鹭、孔雀,杜鹃与红褐冠鸟;
班帕卡鸟和共命鸟,都依此湖为生。
猫头鹰、雷头鸟,鱼鹰与众多苍鹰,
大黑鸟等鸟类,都依靠此湖维生。
花鹿与野猪,以及许多毛扫牛、肿角牛;
罗希迦鸟与鹦鹉,都依靠此湖维生。
狮子、虎、豹,还有熊、鬣狗、獴;
三处流着液津的庄严之象,也依靠此湖得以维生。
紧那罗、猕猴,乃至林中的诸位林作者;
豹子与猎人,都依赖那座湖为生。
黑乌木果、毕婆罗果、甘草树、卡苏摩利树;
在离我净修林不远处,它们恒常结果。
憍赏弥树、萨罗罗树与尼姆树,都结满了甜蜜的果实;
它们在离我净修林不远处,恒常结果。
诃黎勒果、余甘子、芒果、阎浮树果和毗鞞得迦果;
柯拉树、婆罗勒树、毗罗树,都结满了果实。
阿鲁瓦根、咖兰巴根,以及毕罗里根、嘎罗根;
更有命药、善来药,在我的净修林中还有很多。
净修林的不远处,有座精工修建的池塘;
池水澄澈清凉,台阶平整,令人心悦。
红莲青莲覆满水面,白莲点缀其间;
曼陀罗花掩映,天香随风飘拂。
如是完美具足的林中,花满枝头,果实累累;
在那善造而可爱的净修林,我彼时便住在那里。
具足戒行与禁戒,常修禅那、乐在禅那;
已得五神通力,名为善喜好的苦行者。
无论在地面、地界或是虚空,我的弟子们都已善加训练。
那些修习禅那、以禅那为乐的贤者,心意寂静,安住于定;
他们希求无所有处,恒常围绕着我。
他们已抵达神通彼岸,欢喜于祖先的行境;
那些飞行于空中的贤者们,恒常围绕着我。
他们防护六根门,不动不摇,善护诸根;
那些贤善的弟子,远离杂染,安住不可侵扰之境。
或以结跏趺坐,或以站立与经行,
我那不可侵扰的弟子们,便如此度过夜晚。
有些弟子前往西牛货洲,有些前往东胜身洲;
还有些弟子为寻求而前往郁单越,他们实难接近。
他们把担子送到前面,自己却在后面跟着;
天空被二万四千位弟子所覆盖。
或以火烹煮,或不以火烹煮,或以齿臼处理;
或以石杵捣碎,以自落之果为食。
有些人早晚入水沐浴,以为如此便能清净;
他们是行洒水灌沐之人,而我的弟子则难以亲近。
他们腋毛、指甲长而不剪,牙齿垢污,头面蒙尘;
我的弟子为戒香所熏,无有能近者。
清晨,结发者们聚集一处,修习严苛的苦行;
宣扬得失之后,便腾空飞去。
当他们离去时,巨大的响声便生起;
听到羚羊皮衣的声音,诸天神便心生欢喜。
这些游行于虚空中的仙人,朝各个方向远去;
他们依恃自力而骄慢,随心所欲而行。
他们皆能震动大地,皆游行于虚空;
他们威光炽盛,难以制伏,犹如大海不可动摇。
有些修行者站立或经行,有些则是常坐的苦行者;
有些弟子以现成之食为生,他们难以接近。
他们安住于慈心,谋求一切众生的利益;
他们全不自赞,亦不轻视任何人。
如狮子王般无所畏惧,如象王般充满力量;
犹如猛虎般难以接近,他们来到我的身边。
他们结发髻,背负水壶,身穿鹿皮上衣;
他们都在空中行走,依靠那支箭维生。
他们总是举止得体,相互恭敬;
在两万四千人当中,听不到任何争吵声。
他们落脚轻柔,悄然无声,善自收摄;
他们一同前来,皆以头面礼敬于我。
为这些寂静修苦行的弟子们所围绕时,
我住在那座草庐中,身为禅修者,以禅那为乐。
以仙人们的戒香与花香,此二种香,
以结果树的果香,整座草庐皆为香气所熏。
我无分昼夜,心中无有不乐;
教导自己的弟子们(Sake sisse ovadanto),我获得更多的喜悦(bhiyyo hāsaṃ labhāmahaṃ)。
对于正在盛开的鲜花,以及正在成熟的果实;
天界之香飘散四方,庄严着我的草庐。
从定中出来以后(Samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā),我精进且明智(atāpī nipako ahaṃ);
拿起水壶,我进入了森林。
深入地进入雪山之后,那至高无上而又悲悯的牟尼:
盘起双腿结跏趺座(Pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvāna),这位人中最上者(purisuttamo)就这么安坐下来了。
当时,我亲眼见到了那位正自觉者,他具足光明,令人心生愉悦;
他的光明,犹如盛开的青莲花般璀璨,又如炽燃的火焰般闪耀。
如同燃烧的灯树,又如空中的闪电;
犹如盛开的婆罗树王,我见到了那位世间导师。
这位龙象、大雄,是灭尽众苦的牟尼;
由见其人,能从一切苦中解脱。
我见天中天已,细观其相好;
彼究竟是否为正觉者?且让我来观看这一位具眼者。
千辐轮相,宛然现于最胜者双足,
见到他的这些相好之后,便对如来确信无疑。
那时我拿起扫帚,清扫之后,
然后收集花朵,供养最胜佛。
供养渡越瀑流、漏尽的正自觉者后,
我偏搭羚羊皮衣于一肩,礼敬世间导师。
正自觉者依此智慧,安住无漏,
我将称扬彼之智慧,请听我如是宣说。
您超拔此世间,自生者、具足无量光者;
因睹您的圣容,他们渡越了疑惑之瀑流。
即便是大海中的水,也可以用阿罗迦斗来量度;
然而,一切知者——您的智慧,却无法被量度。
大地也可被举起,置于秤盘上称量;
然而,一切知者——您的智慧,却无法被把握与衡量。
虚空尚可用绳或指来度量;
然而一切知者您的智慧,却无法被测量。
大海之水与无碍大地,皆可舍弃;
于佛陀智慧,诸譬喻皆不契应。
于含摄天界的一切世间中,他们之心流转不息;
具眼者,这些被内在罗网所困缚者,悉皆现在你的智慧之中。
你以彼智证得无上圆满菩提;
作为一切知者,你以彼智摧伏诸外道。
诵毕这些偈颂,名为善光耀的苦行者
他铺开羚羊皮,坐在地上。
沉入大海,深达八万四千由旬;
它如此高耸,故被称为山王。
须弥山正是如此高出,纵广亦复如是;
纵使碎为微尘,其数亦达百千俱胝。
若有人用细孔渔网围住水,
水中任何生物,便都会困在网中。
正是如此,大雄!一切种种外道,
深陷邪见密林,被执取所迷惑。
您以清净智慧,无遮障而观照;
这些外道皆陷于网中,无法超越您的智慧。
那时,世尊——无量见者、具大名声者,
出定之后,胜利者环视四方。
无量见牟尼有一位弟子,名为尼沙巴,
被十万位心寂静、如如不动的弟子所围绕。
那些弟子皆是漏尽者、清净者,具足六神通,安住禅那;
他以心了知佛陀之心,便走近世间导师。
他们立于空中,右绕致敬;
合掌敬礼,降下至佛陀面前。
无量见世尊,世间最上者,人中至尊;
在比丘僧团中坐定之后,胜者面露微笑;
名为瓦鲁纳的侍者,正是无量见导师的侍者;
他整理好袈裟,偏袒一肩,向世间导师请问。
在比丘众中坐下后,宣说此偈颂:
那位曾以鲜花供养我,并赞叹智慧之人,
我将称扬他,请你们谛听我说。
了知佛陀的音声后,一切天神皆来聚集,
他们渴望听闻正法,便来到正自觉者跟前。
于十方世界,具大神力之天众,
渴望听闻正法,他们便前往正自觉者之处。
六万面装饰华美的鼓,
他们将恒常侍奉此人,这就是供养佛陀的果报。
一万六千名盛装严饰的女子,
身着彩衣,佩戴璎珞与摩尼耳环。
她们睫毛修长,面含微笑,姿容端丽,腰肢纤细,
她们恒常随侍此人左右,这是供养佛陀的果报。
他将一千次成为天王,执掌天界之王权;
又将获得广大的地方王权,其数不可称计。
当最后有到来时,他将获得人身;
一位名为舍利的婆罗门女,将把他怀在胎中。
依母亲的名与姓,此人将为人所知;
他将以舍利弗为名,具足锐利的智慧。
舍弃八十俱胝之财,他将出家,一无所有;
为寻寂静之处,他将游履此大地。
距今无量劫时,有甘蔗族出身者;
他以乔达摩为姓,将成为世间导师。
他将是法的继承者、法的亲生儿子,由法所化现者;
他将名为舍利弗,成为上首弟子。
这条恒河——即婆吉罗提河,发源于雪山,
汇入大海,令那汪洋充满足够;
同样地,这位舍利弗于自己的三种法中极为精通;
他以智慧到达彼岸之后,将滋润一切众生。
从雪山起始,至大海与沙伽罗海,
其间所有的沙洲,数量不可计数。
即便有人能以数字将它们悉数无遗;
然而舍利弗的智慧边际,终究不可测量。
纵使以十万为单位来计量,恒河的沙粒也数得尽;
然而,舍利弗的智慧绝不会穷尽。
大海中的波浪,其数不可计量;
同样地,舍利弗的智慧,也绝无有穷尽。
他令正自觉者、释迦族之雄乔达摩心生欢喜;
以智慧到达彼岸后,他将成为上首弟子。
由释迦子、如来所转的法轮,
他将正确地随转法轮,降下法雨。
证知这一切后,乔达摩,这位释迦族中的英杰,
将坐于比丘僧团中,被置于最上之位。
啊!这是我在那位具足无比见的导师处所造下的善业;
我向他致以了无上礼敬,由此于一切处抵达了彼岸。
于无量劫中所造作的业,当下便为我显现了它的果报;
我犹如离弦之箭般迅速获得善解脱,烧尽一切烦恼。
我曾遍寻那无为、坚固不动的涅槃境界;
遍访一切外道,我便如此在有中轮回流转。
犹如患病之人寻觅良药,
为得解脱,患者寻遍整片森林。
我头顶沉重的发髻,身披鹿皮为上衣;
我达到神通彼岸后,便前往梵天世界。
除胜者之教法外,外在诸法皆无真实清净;
凡具智慧之众生,皆于胜者教法中而得清净。
此乃自作而成,并非道听途说;
我为了寻求无为,曾游走于诸持邪见的外道之中。
正如一位求实者,砍断芭蕉树并劈开它,
他在其中找不到任何坚实,因为那芭蕉本来无实。
同样地,世间那些外道,为数众多,各持种种邪见,
他们缺少无为,犹如芭蕉树之无实。
在最后有成就时,我成为梵天的亲族;
我舍弃了广大的受用,出家过起无家的生活。
我见到了他——具足智慧的牟尼,安住于牟尼行的禅定之中。
见到他后,我心中生起这样的念头:‘他已调伏,心地清净。’
他如同殊胜的牛王,英勇的勇者,此人将成阿罗汉。
他举止安详,相貌端正,善能防护自身;
他已调伏于最上的调御,将成为见到不死(涅槃)的人。
当他托钵乞食时,我从后面跟随前往;
等待机会,请问不死之道。
当他转入另一条街时,我便近前请问:
勇士啊,您是何种族姓?贤者啊,您是谁的弟子?
我这样问时,他犹如无畏的狮子一般答道:
佛陀出现于世间,贤友,我是他的弟子。
大雄啊!你这位随顺而生者,追随如来而证悟,具足广大名声,究竟是怎样的呢?
听闻牟尼之语,亲见最上之法后,
我已契入正法,故说出此偈颂。
这便是法——若你能即刻体证无忧之境,
所未曾见的,已经过去,历经无数劫、无数那由他。
你以与善美相称的威仪而来,犹如不动之行者;
你犹如已调伏者,能调伏应调伏者,是寂静的婆罗门。
我已证得不死,能拔除忧恼之箭;
你也将证得那不死,我们到佛陀那里去吧。
他应声‘善哉’便答应了——我的同伴已善加训练;
手拉着手,来到了你的面前。
我俩都将出家,释迦子,于您的身边;
依止您的教法,我们将安住于无漏。
当我的心愿尚未圆满时,我曾游走于外道邪见之中;
得见您之后,我的心愿便已圆满。
树木扎根于大地,到了适宜的时节便会开花;
它们散发天香,令一切有情心生欢喜。
同样地,大雄,释迦之子,大名闻者啊;
既已安住于您的教法,我将于适宜时节绽放。
我寻求那能解脱有与轮回之缚的解脱之花;
以得此解脱之花,我令一切众生欢喜。
于一切佛陀领域中,除了大牟尼您之外,
具眼者啊,您儿子的智慧,无有能及者。
您的弟子善受调伏,您的随从大众亦善修学;
于最胜调御中已得调伏,他们恒常围绕于您。
那些行禅者、乐禅那的智者,内心寂静,入于等持;
那些具足牟尼行的牟尼,恒常围绕于您。
他们少欲、睿智且坚定,饮食知量,不起贪着;
无论得利与不得利,皆悉知足,恒常围绕于您。
住阿兰若者,乐头陀行者,修习禅那者,著粗弊衣者;
乐于远离的智者,恒常围绕于您。
行道者与住果者,有学及证果者;
希求最上义者,恒常围绕于您。
入流者与离垢者,以及一来者;
不来者与阿罗汉,常相围绕。
具足三明与六通,以神通到达彼岸;
以慧到达彼岸,恒常围绕于他。
大雄!这些是你善学的弟子,
难可接近,有大威势,恒常围绕于他。
为彼诸自制、修苦行之弟子所围绕;
你如兽王般无畏,又如星宿王般照耀。
依于大地,地生者得以生长;
它们达至繁茂,各各呈现其果。
信度河、萨罗私伐底河,难提河与旃陀跋伽河,
恒河、耶牟那河,以及萨罗游河与摩醯河。
当这些河流奔流向前时,大海就这样接纳它们;
它们各自舍弃了原本的名字,唯独以‘大海’之名被认知。
正如这四种姓的人们,在您尊前出家之后;
他们舍去原先的名字,便被称为佛陀之子。
犹如无瑕的明月,运行于虚空界;
它的光明,照耀世间,超胜一切群星。
正是如此,大雄啊!您为诸天与人类所围绕;
您已超越这一切,恒常照耀,光泽遍满。
深海中涌起的波浪,不会漫过海岸;
它们全都会撞上海岸,被撞得粉碎,四处散落。
同样地,世间中的外道,执持种种邪见的众人;
他们虽想宣说法,却无法超越那位牟尼。
如果他们能触及他,具眼者,你便以反驳回应;
一旦来到你面前,他们便如碾碎的粉末般溃散。
犹如水中生长的白莲与红莲,数目众多;
它们被水所污,复被污泥与垢秽所染。
同样地,许多众生在世间出生、增长;
他们为贪与嗔所折磨,犹如白莲陷于污泥。
正如莲花生于水中,于水中央生长,
却不染著于水,因雄蕊清净。
大雄啊,您亦如此,生于世间,而为大牟尼,
您不为世间所染着,犹如莲花不为水所染着。
犹如在美好的季节,众多水生花绽放,
它们不会逾越那个时节,那正是开花的时节。
同样地,大雄啊,您的解脱之花已然绽放,
您的教法永不退失,犹如出水莲花。
盛开的婆罗双树王,散发着天界的香气;
为其他婆罗双树所围绕,庄严如婆罗双树王。
同样地,大雄啊,您以佛智为花而盛开;
您被比丘僧团所围绕,庄严如婆罗双树王。
犹如雪山是一切众生的药草所在;
是龙、阿修罗及诸天的居所。
同样地,大雄啊,您犹如一切众生的药草;
具足三明与六通,依神通到达彼岸。
大雄啊,那些蒙具悲悯的您所教导的人们,
他们以法喜为乐,安住于您的教法中。
当兽王如此吼叫时,一切野兽皆惊怖;
诚然,这位出身高贵的兽王,恒常令诸畜生畏惧。
大雄啊,当您如此吼叫时,大地悉皆震动;
应觉悟者便得觉悟,魔众则生恐惧。
大牟尼,当您作狮子吼时,一切外道无不惊惧;
犹如乌鸦之群为鹰所冲散,又如麋鹿见兽王而惊走。
世间凡有徒众者,即被世人称为导师;
他们向各自的徒众宣说代代相传的法;
然而,大雄啊,您并非如此为众生说法;
您亲自觉悟诸谛,彻证一切菩提分法。
您了知众生的性向随眠,及诸根之强弱;
您了知众生堪能与否,便如大云,作雷音吼;
大众安坐,遍尽铁围山之边际。
善用譬喻的牟尼,了知一切众生心已,
仅阐一题,便能断除众生之疑。
即使大地遍满如优波提舍那样的人,
他们皆合掌,同声赞叹世间导师。
纵使他们以种种言辞赞叹一劫之久,
那不可测量的如来,无法测量。
正如我凭自己的能力称扬胜者,
即使以百千万劫去称赞,也终究只能这样称赞。
若有何等天神或人,纵使学养深厚、善于辩才,
试图以思惟去测度,也只会徒然遭受挫败。
我摧破诸外道,运转胜者之教法;
今日,在释迦子的教法中,我即是法将军。
于无量时中所造之业,今在此向我显现它的果报;
犹如有善射者放出之疾箭,烧尽了我的烦恼;
倘有人,常将重担顶在头顶上;
他因重担而痛苦,又如是这般被种种重担所压;
我被三火所燃烧,于诸有中轮回流转;
为有之重担所压,犹如被举起的大山;
我的重担已经卸下,诸有已被根除;
在释迦子的教法中,所有应作皆已成办。
在一切佛刹之中,除了那位释迦族的最胜者,
我智慧最上,无有与我等者。
我于定极善巧,依神通达于彼岸;
今日我若愿意,便能化现千身。
您是于次第住得自在的大牟尼,
您为我开示了教法,而灭尽定即是我休息之处。
我的天眼清净无瑕,于定极为善巧;
我精勤于正勤,乐修觉支的修习。
凡声闻所应证得者,我悉已成就;
除世间主(世尊)外,无有与我等同者。
我善巧于诸等至,能速证禅那与解脱;
乐于修习诸觉支,我已抵达声闻德行之彼岸;
以声闻德行之触,复以智慧,心得极清净而无负担;
这颗心在同梵行者中间,恒常为信所摄持。
犹如被拔去了毒牙的蛇,犹如被截断了双角的公牛;
我已放下慢与骄慢,怀着尊重与恭敬心亲近僧团。
如果我的智慧有形体,纵使大地也容纳不下;
这是赞叹那具足无比见的世尊的智慧所获得的果报。
由释迦子、那位如来所转动的法轮,
我如实随顺而行,这便是赞颂智慧所得的果报。
愿我无论何时,都不成为恶欲者、懈怠者、精进下劣者、
寡闻者、无戒行者,亦不于任何处与他们同处相聚。
愿我多闻、具足智慧,于诸戒律善安住,
即使头顶燃烧,也安住于心寂止的修习。
诸位尊者,我告诉在此集会的各位:
你们应当少欲知足,常修禅那,以禅那为乐。
我初次见到他时,便离尘离垢,心得清净;
那位智者便是我的老师——名为阿说示的声闻弟子。
今日凭藉他的恩德之力,我成为法将军;
于一切处到达彼岸,我安住于无漏。
我昔日的老师,是名为阿说示的声闻;
无论他住在哪一方位,我都向他俯首致敬。
忆念了我的业行之后,乔达摩——释迦族的骄子,
在比丘僧团中坐下后,便将我安置在了最上的位置。
我的烦恼已焚烧殆尽……乃至……我已完成了佛陀的教法。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Himavantassa avidūre, lambako nāma pabbato; Assamo sukato mayhaṃ, paṇṇasālā sumāpitā. ‘‘Uttānakūlā nadikā, supatitthā manoramā; Susuddhapulinākiṇṇā, avidūre mamassamaṃ. ‘‘Asakkharā apabbhārā, sādu appaṭigandhikā; Sandatī nadikā tattha, sobhayantā mamassamaṃ. ‘‘Kumbhīlā makarā cettha, susumārā ca kacchapā; Caranti nadiyā tattha, sobhayantā mamassamaṃ. ‘‘Pāṭhīnā pāvusā macchā, balajā muñjarohitā; Vaggaḷā papatāyantā, sobhayanti mamassamaṃ. ‘‘Ubho kūlesu nadiyā, pupphino phalino dumā; Ubhato abhilambantā, sobhayanti mamassamaṃ. ‘‘Ambā sālā ca tilakā, pāṭalī sinduvārakā; Dibbagandhā sampavanti, pupphitā mama assame. ‘‘Cammakā saḷalā nīpā, nāgapunnāgaketakā; Dibbagandhā sampavanti, pupphitā mama assame. ‘‘Atimuttā asokā ca, bhaginīmālā ca pupphitā; Aṅkolā bimbijālā ca, pupphitā mama assame. ‘‘Ketakā kandali ceva, godhukā tiṇasūlikā; Dibbagandhaṃ sampavantā, sobhayanti mamassamaṃ. ‘‘Kaṇikārā kaṇṇikā ca, asanā ajjunā bahū; Dibbagandhaṃ sampavantā, sobhayanti mamassamaṃ. ‘‘Punnāgā giripunnāgā, koviḷārā ca pupphitā; Dibbagandhaṃ sampavantā, sobhayanti mamassamaṃ. ‘‘Uddālakā ca kuṭajā, kadambā vakulā bahū; Dibbagandhaṃ sampavantā, sobhayanti mamassamaṃ. ‘‘Āḷakā isimuggā ca, kadalimātuluṅgiyo; Gandhodakena saṃvaḍḍhā, phalāni dhārayanti te. ‘‘Aññe pupphanti padumā, aññe jāyanti kesarī; Aññe opupphā padumā, pupphitā taḷāke tadā. ‘‘Gabbhaṃ gaṇhanti padumā, niddhāvanti muḷāliyo; Siṅghāṭipattamākiṇṇā, sobhanti taḷāke tadā. ‘‘Nayitā ambagandhī ca, uttalī bandhujīvakā; Dibbagandhā sampavanti, pupphitā taḷāke tadā. ‘‘Pāṭhīnā pāvusā macchā, balajā muñjarohitā; Saṃgulā maggurā ceva, vasanti taḷāke tadā. ‘‘Kumbhīlā susumārā ca, tantigāhā ca rakkhasā; Oguhā ajagarā ca, vasanti taḷāke tadā. ‘‘Pārevatā ravihaṃsā, cakkavākā nadīcarā; Kokilā sukasāḷikā, upajīvanti taṃ saraṃ. ‘‘Kukutthakā kuḷīrakā, vane pokkharasātakā; Dindibhā suvapotā ca, upajīvanti taṃ saraṃ. ‘‘Haṃsā koñcā mayūrā ca, kokilā tambacūḷakā; Pampakā jīvaṃjīvā ca, upajīvanti taṃ saraṃ. ‘‘Kosikā poṭṭhasīsā ca, kurarā senakā bahū; Mahākāḷā ca sakuṇā, upajīvanti taṃ saraṃ. ‘‘Pasadā ca varāhā ca, camarā gaṇḍakā bahū; Rohiccā sukapotā ca, upajīvanti taṃ saraṃ. ‘‘Sīhabyagghā ca dīpī ca, acchakokataracchakā; Tidhā pabhinnamātaṅgā, upajīvanti taṃ saraṃ. ‘‘Kinnarā vānarā ceva, athopi vanakammikā; Cetā ca luddakā ceva, upajīvanti taṃ saraṃ. ‘‘Tindukāni piyālāni, madhuke kāsumāriyo; Dhuvaṃ phalāni dhārenti, avidūre mamassamaṃ. ‘‘Kosambā saḷalā nimbā, sāduphalasamāyutā; Dhuvaṃ phalāni dhārenti, avidūre mamassamaṃ. ‘‘Harītakā āmalakā, ambajambuvibhītakā; Kolā bhallātakā billā, phalāni dhārayanti te. ‘‘Āluvā ca kaḷambā ca, biḷālītakkaḷāni ca; Jīvakā sutakā ceva, bahukā mama assame. ‘‘Assamassāvidūramhi, taḷākāsuṃ sunimmitā; Acchodakā sītajalā, supatitthā manoramā. ‘‘Padumuppalasañchannā, puṇḍarīkasamāyutā; Mandālakehi sañchannā, dibbagandhopavāyati. ‘‘Evaṃ sabbaṅgasampanne, pupphite phalite vane; Sukate assame ramme, viharāmi ahaṃ tadā. ‘‘Sīlavā vatasampanno, jhāyī jhānarato sadā; Pañcābhiññābalappatto, suruci nāma tāpaso. ‘‘Catuvīsasahassāni, sissā mayhaṃ upaṭṭhahuṃ; Sabbe maṃ brāhmaṇā ete, jātimanto yasassino. ‘‘Lakkhaṇe itihāse ca, sanighaṇḍusakeṭubhe; Padakā veyyākaraṇā, sadhamme pāramiṃ gatā. ‘‘Uppātesu nimittesu, lakkhaṇesu ca kovidā; Pathabyā bhūmantalikkhe, mama sissā susikkhitā. ‘‘Appicchā nipakā ete, appāhārā alolupā; Lābhālābhena santuṭṭhā, parivārenti maṃ sadā. ‘‘Jhāyī jhānaratā dhīrā, santacittā samāhitā; Ākiñcaññaṃ patthayantā, parivārenti maṃ sadā. ‘‘Abhiññāpāramippattā, pettike gocare ratā; Antalikkhacarā dhīrā, parivārenti maṃ sadā. ‘‘Saṃvutā chasu dvāresu, anejā rakkhitindriyā; Asaṃsaṭṭhā ca te dhīrā, mama sissā durāsadā. ‘‘Pallaṅkena nisajjāya, ṭhānacaṅkamanena ca; Vītināmenti te rattiṃ, mama sissā durāsadā. ‘‘Rajjanīye na rajjanti, dussanīye na dussare; Mohanīye na muyhanti, mama sissā durāsadā. ‘‘Iddhiṃ vīmaṃsamānā te, vattanti niccakālikaṃ; Pathaviṃ te pakampenti, sārabbhena durāsadā. ‘‘Kīḷamānā ca te sissā, kīḷanti jhānakīḷitaṃ. Jambuto phalamānenti, mama sissā durāsadā. ‘‘Aññe gacchanti goyānaṃ, aññe pubbavidehakaṃ; Aññe ca uttarakuruṃ, esanāya durāsadā. ‘‘Purato pesenti khāriṃ, pacchato ca vajanti te; Catuvīsasahassehi, chāditaṃ hoti ambaraṃ. ‘‘Aggipākī anaggī ca, dantodukkhalikāpi ca; Asmena koṭṭitā keci, pavattaphalabhojanā. ‘‘Udakorohaṇā keci, sāyaṃ pāto sucīratā; Toyābhisecanakarā, mama sissā durāsadā. ‘‘Parūḷhakacchanakhalomā, paṅkadantā rajassirā; Gandhitā sīlagandhena, mama sissā durāsadā. ‘‘Pātova sannipatitvā, jaṭilā uggatāpanā; Lābhālābhaṃ pakittetvā, gacchanti ambare tadā. ‘‘Etesaṃ pakkamantānaṃ, mahāsaddo pavattati; Ajinacammasaddena, muditā honti devatā. ‘‘Disodisaṃ pakkamanti, antalikkhacarā isī; Sake balenupatthaddhā, te gacchanti yadicchakaṃ. ‘‘Pathavīkampakā ete, sabbeva nabhacārino; Uggatejā duppasahā, sāgarova akhobhiyā. ‘‘Ṭhānacaṅkamino keci, keci nesajjikā isī; Pavattabhojanā keci, mama sissā durāsadā. ‘‘Mettāvihārino ete, hitesī sabbapāṇinaṃ; Anattukkaṃsakā sabbe, na te vambhenti kassaci. ‘‘Sīharājāvasambhītā, gajarājāva thāmavā; Durāsadā byagghāriva, āgacchanti mamantike. ‘‘Vijjādharā devatā ca, nāgagandhabbarakkhasā; Kumbhaṇḍā dānavā garuḷā, upajīvanti taṃ saraṃ. ‘‘Te jaṭākhāribharitā, ajinuttaravāsanā; Antalikkhacarā sabbe, upajīvanti taṃ saraṃ. ‘‘Sadānucchavikā ete, aññamaññaṃ sagāravā; Catubbīsasahassānaṃ, khipitasaddo na vijjati. ‘‘Pāde pādaṃ nikkhipantā, appasaddā susaṃvutā; Upasaṅkamma sabbeva, sirasā vandare mamaṃ. ‘‘Tehi sissehi parivuto, santehi ca tapassibhi; Vasāmi assame tattha, jhāyī jhānarato ahaṃ. ‘‘Isīnaṃ sīlagandhena, pupphagandhena cūbhayaṃ; Phalīnaṃ phalagandhena, gandhito hoti assamo. ‘‘Rattindivaṃ na jānāmi, arati me na vijjati; Sake sisse ovadanto, bhiyyo hāsaṃ labhāmahaṃ. ‘‘Pupphānaṃ pupphamānānaṃ, phalānañca vipaccataṃ; Dibbagandhā pavāyanti, sobhayantā mamassamaṃ. ‘‘Samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā, atāpī nipako ahaṃ; Khāribhāraṃ gahetvāna, vanaṃ ajjhogahiṃ ahaṃ. ‘‘Uppāte supine cāpi, lakkhaṇesu susikkhito; Pavattamānaṃ mantapadaṃ, dhārayāmi ahaṃ tadā. ‘‘Anomadassī bhagavā, lokajeṭṭho narāsabho; Vivekakāmo sambuddho, himavantamupāgami. ‘‘Ajjhogāhetvā himavantaṃ, aggo kāruṇiko muni; Pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvāna, nisīdi purisuttamo. ‘‘Tamaddasāhaṃ sambuddhaṃ, sappabhāsaṃ manoramaṃ; Indīvaraṃva jalitaṃ, ādittaṃva hutāsanaṃ. ‘‘Jalantaṃ dīparukkhaṃva, vijjutaṃ gagane yathā; Suphullaṃ sālarājaṃva, addasaṃ lokanāyakaṃ. ‘‘Ayaṃ nāgo mahāvīro, dukkhassantakaro muni; Imaṃ dassanamāgamma, sabbadukkhā pamuccare. ‘‘Disvānāhaṃ devadevaṃ, lakkhaṇaṃ upadhārayiṃ; Buddho nu kho na vā buddho, handa passāmi cakkhumaṃ. ‘‘Sahassārāni cakkāni, dissanti caraṇuttame; Lakkhaṇānissa disvāna, niṭṭhaṃ gacche tathāgate. ‘‘Sammajjaniṃ gahetvāna, sammajjitvānahaṃ tadā; Atha pupphe samānetvā, buddhaseṭṭhaṃ apūjayiṃ. ‘‘Pūjayitvāna sambuddhaṃ, oghatiṇṇamanāsavaṃ; Ekaṃsaṃ ajinaṃ katvā, namassiṃ lokanāyakaṃ. ‘‘Yena ñāṇena sambuddho, viharati anāsavo; Taṃ ñāṇaṃ kittayissāmi, suṇātha mama bhāsato. ‘‘Samuddharasimaṃ lokaṃ, sayambhū amitodaya; Tava dassanamāgamma, kaṅkhāsotaṃ taranti te. ‘‘Tuvaṃ satthā ca ketu ca, dhajo yūpo ca pāṇinaṃ; Parāyaṇo patiṭṭhā ca, dīpo ca dvipaduttamo. ‘‘Sakkā samudde udakaṃ, pametuṃ āḷhakena vā; Na tveva tava sabbaññu, ñāṇaṃ sakkā pametave. ‘‘Dhāretuṃ pathaviṃ sakkā, ṭhapetvā tulamaṇḍale; Na tveva tava sabbaññu, ñāṇaṃ sakkā dharetave. ‘‘Ākāso minituṃ sakkā, rajjuyā aṅgulena vā; Na tveva tava sabbaññu, ñāṇaṃ sakkā pametave. ‘‘Mahāsamudde udakaṃ, pathaviñcākhilañjahe; Buddhañāṇaṃ upādāya, upamāto na yujjare. ‘‘Sadevakassa lokassa, cittaṃ yesaṃ pavattati; Antojālīkatā ete, tava ñāṇamhi cakkhuma. ‘‘Yena ñāṇena pattosi, kevalaṃ bodhimuttamaṃ; Tena ñāṇena sabbaññu, maddasī paratitthiye. ‘‘Imā gāthā thavitvāna, suruci nāma tāpaso; Ajinaṃ pattharitvāna, pathaviyaṃ nisīdi so. ‘‘Cullāsītisahassāni , ajjhogāḷho mahaṇṇave; Accuggato tāvadeva, girirājā pavuccati. ‘‘Tāva accuggato neru, āyato vitthato ca so; Cuṇṇito aṇubhedena, koṭisatasahassaso. ‘‘Lakkhe ṭhapiyamānamhi, parikkhayamagacchatha; Na tveva tava sabbaññu, ñāṇaṃ sakkā pametave. ‘‘Sukhumacchikena jālena, udakaṃ yo parikkhipe; Ye keci udake pāṇā, antojālīkatā siyuṃ. ‘‘Tatheva hi mahāvīra, ye keci puthutitthiyā; Diṭṭhigahanapakkhandā, parāmāsena mohitā. ‘‘Tava suddhena ñāṇena, anāvaraṇadassinā; Antojālīkatā ete, ñāṇaṃ te nātivattare. ‘‘Bhagavā tamhi samaye, anomadassī mahāyaso; Vuṭṭhahitvā samādhimhā, disaṃ olokayī jino. ‘‘Anomadassimunino, nisabho nāma sāvako; Parivuto satasahassehi, santacittehi tādibhi. ‘‘Khīṇāsavehi suddhehi, chaḷabhiññehi jhāyibhi; Cittamaññāya buddhassa, upesi lokanāyakaṃ. ‘‘Antalikkhe ṭhitā tattha, padakkhiṇamakaṃsu te; Namassantā pañjalikā, otaruṃ buddhasantike. ‘‘Anomadassī bhagavā, lokajeṭṭho narāsabho; Bhikkhusaṅghe nisīditvā, sitaṃ pātukarī jino. ‘‘Varuṇo nāmupaṭṭhāko, anomadassissa satthuno; Ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā, apucchi lokanāyakaṃ. ‘‘Ko nu kho bhagavā hetu, sitakammassa satthuno; Na hi buddhā ahetūhi, sitaṃ pātukaronti te. ‘‘Anomadassī bhagavā, lokajeṭṭho narāsabho; Bhikkhumajjhe nisīditvā, imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsatha. ‘‘Yo maṃ pupphena pūjesi, ñāṇañcāpi anutthavi; Tamahaṃ kittayissāmi, suṇotha mama bhāsato. ‘‘Buddhassa giramaññāya, sabbe devā samāgatā; Saddhammaṃ sotukāmā te, sambuddhamupasaṅkamuṃ. ‘‘Dasasu lokadhātūsu, devakāyā mahiddhikā; Saddhammaṃ sotukāmā te, sambuddhamupasaṅkamuṃ. ‘‘Hatthī assā rathā pattī, senā ca caturaṅginī; Parivāressantimaṃ niccaṃ, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ. ‘‘Saṭṭhitūriyasahassāni, bheriyo samalaṅkatā; Upaṭṭhissantimaṃ niccaṃ, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ. ‘‘Soḷasitthisahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā; Vicittavatthābharaṇā, āmuttamaṇikuṇḍalā. ‘‘Aḷārapamhā hasulā, susaññā tanumajjhimā; Parivāressantimaṃ niccaṃ, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ. ‘‘Kappasatasahassāni, devaloke ramissati; Sahassakkhattuṃ cakkavattī, rājā raṭṭhe bhavissati. ‘‘Sahassakkhattuṃ devindo, devarajjaṃ karissati; Padesarajjaṃ vipulaṃ, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyaṃ. ‘‘Pacchime bhavasampatte, manussattaṃ gamissati; Brāhmaṇī sāriyā nāma, dhārayissati kucchinā. ‘‘Mātuyā nāmagottena, paññāyissatiyaṃ naro; Sāriputtoti nāmena, tikkhapañño bhavissati. ‘‘Asītikoṭī chaḍḍetvā, pabbajissatikiñcano; Gavesanto santipadaṃ, carissati mahiṃ imaṃ. ‘‘Aparimeyye ito kappe, okkākakulasambhavo; Gotamo nāma gottena, satthā loke bhavissati. ‘‘Tassa dhammesu dāyādo, oraso dhammanimmito; Sāriputtoti nāmena, hessati aggasāvako. ‘‘Ayaṃ bhāgīrathī gaṅgā, himavantā pabhāvitā; Mahāsamuddamappeti, tappayantī mahodadhiṃ. ‘‘Tathevāyaṃ sāriputto, sake tīsu visārado; Paññāya pāramiṃ gantvā, tappayissati pāṇine. ‘‘Himavantamupādāya , sāgarañca mahodadhiṃ; Etthantare yaṃ pulinaṃ, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyaṃ. ‘‘Tampi sakkā asesena, saṅkhātuṃ gaṇanā yathā; Na tveva sāriputtassa, paññāyanto bhavissati. ‘‘Lakkhe ṭhapiyamānamhi, khīye gaṅgāya vālukā; Na tveva sāriputtassa, paññāyanto bhavissati. ‘‘Mahāsamudde ūmiyo, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyā; Tatheva sāriputtassa, paññāyanto na hessati. ‘‘Ārādhayitvā sambuddhaṃ, gotamaṃ sakyapuṅgavaṃ; Paññāya pāramiṃ gantvā, hessati aggasāvako. ‘‘Pavattitaṃ dhammacakkaṃ, sakyaputtena tādinā; Anuvattessati sammā, vassento dhammavuṭṭhiyo. ‘‘Sabbametaṃ abhiññāya, gotamo sakyapuṅgavo; Bhikkhusaṅghe nisīditvā, aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapessati. ‘‘Aho me sukataṃ kammaṃ, anomadassissa satthuno; Yassāhaṃ kāraṃ katvāna, sabbattha pāramiṃ gato. ‘‘Aparimeyye kataṃ kammaṃ, phalaṃ dasseti me idha; Sumutto saravegova, kilese jhāpayiṃ ahaṃ. ‘‘Asaṅkhataṃ gavesanto, nibbānaṃ acalaṃ padaṃ; Vicinaṃ titthiye sabbe, esāhaṃ saṃsariṃ bhave. ‘‘Yathāpi byādhito poso, pariyeseyya osadhaṃ; Vicineyya vanaṃ sabbaṃ, byādhito parimuttiyā. ‘‘Asaṅkhataṃ gavesanto, nibbānaṃ amataṃ padaṃ; Abbokiṇṇaṃ pañcasataṃ, pabbajiṃ isipabbajaṃ. ‘‘Jaṭābhārena bharito, ajinuttaranivāsano; Abhiññāpāramiṃ gantvā, brahmalokaṃ agacchihaṃ. ‘‘Natthi bāhirake suddhi, ṭhapetvā jinasāsanaṃ; Ye keci buddhimā sattā, sujjhanti jinasāsane. ‘‘Attakāramayaṃ etaṃ, nayidaṃ itihītihaṃ; Asaṅkhataṃ gavesanto, kutitthe sañcariṃ ahaṃ. ‘‘Yathā sāratthiko poso, kadaliṃ chetvāna phālaye; Na tattha sāraṃ vindeyya, sārena rittako hi so. ‘‘Tatheva titthiyā loke, nānādiṭṭhī bahujjanā. Asaṅkhatena rittāse, sārena kadalī yathā. ‘‘Pacchime bhavasampatte, brahmabandhu ahosahaṃ; Mahābhogaṃ chaḍḍetvāna, pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ. ‘‘Ajjhāyako mantadharo, tiṇṇaṃ vedāna pāragū; Brāhmaṇo sañcayo nāma, tassa mūle vasāmahaṃ. ‘‘Sāvako te mahāvīra, assaji nāma brāhmaṇo; Durāsado uggatejo, piṇḍāya caratī tadā. ‘‘Tamaddasāsiṃ sappaññaṃ, muniṃ mone samāhitaṃ; Santacittaṃ mahānāgaṃ, suphullaṃ padumaṃ yathā. ‘‘Disvā me cittamuppajji, sudantaṃ suddhamānasaṃ; Usabhaṃ pavaraṃ vīraṃ, arahāyaṃ bhavissati. ‘‘Pāsādiko iriyati, abhirūpo susaṃvuto; Uttame damathe danto, amatadassī bhavissati. ‘‘Yaṃnūnāhaṃ uttamatthaṃ, puccheyyaṃ tuṭṭhamānasaṃ; So me puṭṭho kathessati, paṭipucchāmahaṃ tadā. ‘‘Piṇḍapātaṃ carantassa, pacchato agamāsahaṃ; Okāsaṃ paṭimānento, pucchituṃ amataṃ padaṃ. ‘‘Vīthintare anuppattaṃ, upagantvāna pucchahaṃ; Kathaṃ gottosi tvaṃ vīra, kassa sissosi mārisa. ‘‘So me puṭṭho viyākāsi, asambhītova kesarī; Buddho loke samuppanno, tassa sissomhi āvuso. ‘‘Kīdisaṃ te mahāvīra, anujāto mahāyaso; Buddhassa sāsanaṃ dhammaṃ, sādhu me kathayassu bho. ‘‘So me puṭṭho kathī sabbaṃ, gambhīraṃ nipuṇaṃ padaṃ; Taṇhāsallassa hantāraṃ, sabbadukkhāpanūdanaṃ. ‘‘Ye dhammā hetuppabhavā, tesaṃ hetuṃ tathāgato āha; Tesañca yo nirodho, evaṃvādī mahāsamaṇo. ‘‘Sohaṃ vissajjite pañhe, paṭhamaṃ phalamajjhagaṃ; Virajo vimalo āsiṃ, sutvāna jinasāsanaṃ. ‘‘Sutvāna munino vākyaṃ, passitvā dhammamuttamaṃ; Pariyogāḷhasaddhammo, imaṃ gāthamabhāsahaṃ. ‘‘Eseva dhammo yadi tāvadeva, paccabyatha padamasokaṃ; Adiṭṭhaṃ abbhatītaṃ, bahukehi kappanahutehi. ‘‘Yvāhaṃ dhammaṃ gavesanto, kutitthe sañcariṃ ahaṃ; So me attho anuppatto, kālo me nappamajjituṃ. ‘‘Tositohaṃ assajinā, patvāna acalaṃ padaṃ; Sahāyakaṃ gavesanto, assamaṃ agamāsahaṃ. ‘‘Dūratova mamaṃ disvā, sahāyo me susikkhito; Iriyāpathasampanno, idaṃ vacanamabravi. ‘‘Pasannamukhanettosi, munibhāvova dissati; Amatādhigato kacci, nibbānamaccutaṃ padaṃ. ‘‘Subhānurūpo āyāsi, āneñjakārito viya; Dantova dantadamatho, upasantosi brāhmaṇa. ‘‘Amataṃ mayādhigataṃ, sokasallāpanūdanaṃ; Tvampi taṃ adhigacchesi, gacchāma buddhasantikaṃ. ‘‘Sādhūti so paṭissutvā, sahāyo me susikkhito; Hatthena hatthaṃ gaṇhitvā, upagamma tavantikaṃ. ‘‘Ubhopi pabbajissāma, sakyaputta tavantike; Tava sāsanamāgamma, viharāma anāsavā. ‘‘Kolito iddhiyā seṭṭho, ahaṃ paññāya pārago; Ubhova ekato hutvā, sāsanaṃ sobhayāmase. ‘‘Apariyositasaṅkappo, kutitthe sañcariṃ ahaṃ; Tava dassanamāgamma, saṅkappo pūrito mama. ‘‘Pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhāya, pupphanti samaye dumā; Dibbagandhā sampavanti, tosenti sabbapāṇinaṃ. ‘‘Tathevāhaṃ mahāvīra, sakyaputta mahāyasa; Sāsane te patiṭṭhāya, samayesāmi pupphituṃ. ‘‘Vimuttipupphaṃ esanto, bhavasaṃsāramocanaṃ; Vimuttipupphalābhena, tosemi sabbapāṇinaṃ. ‘‘Yāvatā buddhakhettamhi, ṭhapetvāna mahāmuniṃ; Paññāya sadiso natthi, tava puttassa cakkhuma. ‘‘Suvinītā ca te sissā, parisā casusikkhitā; Uttame damathe dantā, parivārenti taṃ sadā. ‘‘Jhāyī jhānaratā dhīrā, santacittā samāhitā; Munī moneyyasampannā, parivārenti taṃ sadā. ‘‘Appicchā nipakā dhīrā, appāhārā alolupā; Lābhālābhena santuṭṭhā, parivārenti taṃ sadā. ‘‘Āraññikā dhutaratā, jhāyino lūkhacīvarā; Vivekābhiratā dhīrā, parivārenti taṃ sadā. ‘‘Paṭipannā phalaṭṭhā ca, sekhā phalasamaṅgino; Āsīsakā uttamatthaṃ, parivārenti taṃ sadā. ‘‘Sotāpannā ca vimalā, sakadāgāmino ca ye; Anāgāmī ca arahā, parivārenti taṃ sadā. ‘‘Satipaṭṭhānakusalā, bojjhaṅgabhāvanāratā; Sāvakā te bahū sabbe, parivārenti taṃ sadā. ‘‘Iddhipādesu kusalā, samādhibhāvanāratā; Sammappadhānānuyuttā, parivārenti taṃ sadā. ‘‘Tevijjā chaḷabhiññā ca, iddhiyā pāramiṃ gatā; Paññāya pāramiṃ pattā, parivārenti taṃ sadā. ‘‘Edisā te mahāvīra, tava sissā susikkhitā; Durāsadā uggatejā, parivārenti taṃ sadā. ‘‘Tehi sissehi parivuto, saññatehi tapassibhi; Migarājāvasambhīto, uḷurājāva sobhasi. ‘‘Pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhāya, ruhanti dharaṇīruhā; Vepullataṃ pāpuṇanti, phalañca dassayanti te. ‘‘Pathavīsadiso tvaṃsi, sakyaputta mahāyasa; Sāsane te patiṭṭhāya, labhanti amataṃ phalaṃ. ‘‘Sindhu sarassatī ceva, nandiyo candabhāgikā; Gaṅgā ca yamunā ceva, sarabhū ca atho mahī. ‘‘Etāsaṃ sandamānānaṃ, sāgarova sampaṭicchati; Jahanti purimaṃ nāmaṃ, sāgaroteva ñāyati. ‘‘Tathevime catubbaṇṇā, pabbajitvā tavantike; Jahanti purimaṃ nāmaṃ, buddhaputtāti ñāyare. ‘‘Yathāpi cando vimalo, gacchaṃ ākāsadhātuyā; Sabbe tāragaṇe loke, ābhāya atirocati. ‘‘Tatheva tvaṃ mahāvīra, parivuto devamānuse; Ete sabbe atikkamma, jalasi sabbadā tuvaṃ. ‘‘Gambhīre uṭṭhitā ūmī, na velamativattare; Sabbā velaṃva phusanti, sañcuṇṇā vikiranti tā. ‘‘Tatheva titthiyā loke, nānādiṭṭhī bahujjanā; Dhammaṃ vāditukāmā te, nātivattanti taṃ muniṃ. ‘‘Sace ca taṃ pāpuṇanti, paṭivādehi cakkhuma; Tavantikaṃ upagantvā, sañcuṇṇāva bhavanti te. ‘‘Yathāpi udake jātā, kumudā mandālakā bahū; Upalimpanti toyena, kaddamakalalena ca. ‘‘Tatheva bahukā sattā, loke jātā virūhare; Aṭṭitā rāgadosena, kaddame kumudaṃ yathā. ‘‘Yathāpi padumaṃ jalajaṃ, jalamajjhe virūhati; Na so limpati toyena, parisuddho hi kesarī. ‘‘Tatheva tvaṃ mahāvīra, loke jāto mahāmuni; Nopalimpasi lokena, toyena padumaṃ yathā. ‘‘Yathāpi rammake māse, bahū pupphanti vārijā; Nātikkamanti taṃ māsaṃ, samayo pupphanāya so. ‘‘Tatheva tvaṃ mahāvīra, pupphito te vimuttiyā; Sāsanaṃ nātivattanti, padumaṃ vārijaṃ yathā. ‘‘Supupphito sālarājā, dibbagandhaṃ pavāyati; Aññasālehi parivuto, sālarājāva sobhati. ‘‘Tatheva tvaṃ mahāvīra, buddhañāṇena pupphito; Bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto, sālarājāva sobhasi. ‘‘Yathāpi selo himavā, osadho sabbapāṇinaṃ; Nāgānaṃ asurānañca, devatānañca ālayo. ‘‘Tatheva tvaṃ mahāvīra, osadho viya pāṇinaṃ; Tevijjā chaḷabhiññā ca, iddhiyā pāramiṃ gatā. ‘‘Anusiṭṭhā mahāvīra, tayā kāruṇikena te; Ramanti dhammaratiyā, vasanti tava sāsane. ‘‘Migarājā yathā sīho, abhinikkhamma āsayā; Catuddisānuviloketvā, tikkhattuṃ abhinādati. ‘‘Sabbe migā uttasanti, migarājassa gajjato; Tathā hi jātimā eso, pasū tāseti sabbadā. ‘‘Gajjato te mahāvīra, vasudhā sampakampati; Bodhaneyyāvabujjhanti, tasanti mārakāyikā. ‘‘Tasanti titthiyā sabbe, nadato te mahāmuni; Kākā senāva vibbhantā, migaraññā yathā migā. ‘‘Ye keci gaṇino loke, satthāroti pavuccare; Paramparāgataṃ dhammaṃ, desenti parisāya te. ‘‘Na hevaṃ tvaṃ mahāvīra, dhammaṃ desesi pāṇinaṃ; Sāmaṃ saccāni bujjhitvā, kevalaṃ bodhipakkhiyaṃ. ‘‘Āsayānusayaṃ ñatvā; indriyānaṃ balābalaṃ; Bhabbābhabbe viditvāna, mahāmeghova gajjasi. ‘‘Cakkavāḷapariyantā, nisinnā parisā bhave; Nānādiṭṭhī vicinantaṃ, vimaticchedanāya taṃ. ‘‘Sabbesaṃ cittamaññāya, opammakusalo muni; Ekaṃ pañhaṃ kathentova, vimatiṃ chindasi pāṇinaṃ. ‘‘Upatissasadiseheva, vasudhā pūritā bhave; Sabbeva te pañjalikā, kittayuṃ lokanāyakaṃ. ‘‘Kappaṃ vā te kittayantā, nānāvaṇṇehi kittayuṃ; Parimetuṃ na sakkeyyuṃ, appameyyo tathāgato. ‘‘Yathā sakena thāmena, kittito hi mayā jino; Kappakoṭīpi kittentā, evameva pakittayuṃ. ‘‘Sace hi koci devo vā, manusso vā susikkhito; Pametuṃ parikappeyya, vighātaṃva labheyya so. ‘‘Sāsane te patiṭṭhāya, sakyaputta mahāyasa; Paññāya pāramiṃ gantvā, viharāmi anāsavo. ‘‘Titthiye sampamaddāmi, vattemi jinasāsanaṃ; Dhammasenāpati ajja, sakyaputtassa sāsane. ‘‘Aparimeyye kataṃ kammaṃ, phalaṃ dassesi me idha; Sukhitto saravegova, kilese jhāpayī mama. ‘‘Yo koci manujo bhāraṃ, dhāreyya matthake sadā; Bhārena dukkhito assa, bhārehi bharito tathā. ‘‘Ḍayhamāno tīhaggīhi, bhavesu saṃsariṃ ahaṃ; Bharito bhavabhārena, giriṃ uccārito yathā. ‘‘Oropito ca me bhāro, bhavā ugghāṭitā mayā; Karaṇīyaṃ kataṃ sabbaṃ, sakyaputtassa sāsane. ‘‘Yāvatā buddhakhettamhi, ṭhapetvā sakyapuṅgavaṃ; Ahaṃ aggomhi paññāya, sadiso me na vijjati. ‘‘Samādhimhi sukusalo, iddhiyā pāramiṃ gato; Icchamāno cahaṃ ajja, sahassaṃ abhinimmine. ‘‘Anupubbavihārassa, vasībhūto mahāmuni; Kathesi sāsanaṃ mayhaṃ, nirodho sayanaṃ mama. ‘‘Dibbacakkhu visuddhaṃ me, samādhikusalo ahaṃ; Sammappadhānānuyutto, bojjhaṅgabhāvanārato. ‘‘Sāvakena hi pattabbaṃ, sabbameva kataṃ mayā; Lokanāthaṃ ṭhapetvāna, sadiso me na vijjati. ‘‘Samāpattīnaṃ kusalo, jhānavimokkhāna khippapaṭilābhī; Bojjhaṅgabhāvanārato, sāvakaguṇapāramigatosmi. ‘‘Sāvakaguṇenapi phussena, buddhiyā parisuttamabhāravā; Yaṃ saddhāsaṅgahitaṃ cittaṃ, sadā sabrahmacārīsu. ‘‘Uddhatavisova sappo, chinnavisāṇova usabho; Nikkhittamānadappova, upemi garugāravena gaṇaṃ. ‘‘Yadi rūpinī bhaveyya, paññā me vasumatīpi na sameyya; Anomadassissa bhagavato, phalametaṃ ñāṇathavanāya. ‘‘Pavattitaṃ dhammacakkaṃ, sakyaputtena tādinā; Anuvattemahaṃ sammā, ñāṇathavanāyidaṃ phalaṃ. ‘‘Mā me kadāci pāpiccho, kusīto hīnavīriyo; Appassuto anācāro, sameto ahu katthaci. ‘‘Bahussuto ca medhāvī, sīlesu susamāhito; Cetosamathānuyutto, api muddhani tiṭṭhatu. ‘‘Taṃ vo vadāmi bhaddante, tāvantettha samāgatā; Appicchā hotha santuṭṭhā, jhāyī jhānaratā sadā. ‘‘Yamahaṃ paṭhamaṃ disvā, virajo vimalo ahuṃ; So me ācariyo dhīro, assaji nāma sāvako. ‘‘Tassāhaṃ vāhasā ajja, dhammasenāpatī ahuṃ; Sabbattha pāramiṃ patvā, viharāmi anāsavo. ‘‘Yo me ācariyo āsi, assaji nāma sāvako; Yassaṃ disāyaṃ vasati, ussīsamhi karomahaṃ. ‘‘Mama kammaṃ saritvāna, gotamo sakyapuṅgavo; Bhikkhusaṅghe nisīditvā, aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapesi maṃ. ‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsana’’nti.
后来,世尊坐在祇园大精舍的圣众中间,依据声闻弟子们各自不同的卓越功德,将他们一一列为第一,宣说道:“诸比丘,在我比丘声闻弟子中,大智慧第一者,即是此舍利弗。”(增支部1.188-189)就这样,长老被列为大智慧第一。他如此达到声闻波罗蜜智的顶点后,安住于法将之位,利益众生。有一天,他为向同梵行者们阐明自己的修行经历而宣告证悟时,说了这样的话:显示巴利原文
Aparabhāge pana satthā jetavanamahāvihāre ariyagaṇamajjhe nisinno attano sāvake tena tena guṇavisesena etadagge ṭhapento – ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ mahāpaññānaṃ yadidaṃ sāriputto’’ti (a. ni. 1.188-189) theraṃ mahāpaññabhāvena etadagge ṭhapesi. So evaṃ sāvakapāramīñāṇassa matthakaṃ patvā dhammasenāpatiṭṭhāne patiṭṭhahitvā sattahitaṃ karonto ekadivasaṃ sabrahmacārīnaṃ attano cariyavibhāvanamukhena aññaṃ byākaronto –
依行而住,具念而修,善于守护心念,修习禅那,不放逸者;
内心喜悦,心得安稳者,独处而知足,他们称此人为比丘。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathācārī yathāsato satīmā, yatasaṅkappajjhāyi appamatto; Ajjhattarato samāhitatto, eko santusito tamāhu bhikkhuṃ.
不论所食是湿是干,都不应让自己过于饱足;
腹中留有余地、饮食知量,比丘当具念而行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Allaṃ sukkhaṃ vā bhuñjanto, na bāḷhaṃ suhito siyā; Ūnūdaro mitāhāro, sato bhikkhu paribbaje.
仅取四五口食,未待饱足便饮水;
精勤策励的比丘,以此即能安稳安乐而住。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Cattāro pañca ālope, abhutvā udakaṃ pive; Alaṃ phāsuvihārāya, pahitattassa bhikkhuno.
只要一件如法的袈裟得以蔽体,这便是最切要之需;
对于精勤策励的比丘,如此便足以安住轻利。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kappiyaṃ tañce chādeti, cīvaraṃ idamatthikaṃ; Alaṃ phāsuvihārāya, pahitattassa bhikkhuno.
‘‘Pallaṅkena nisinnassa, jaṇṇuke nābhivassati; Alaṃ phāsuvihārāya, pahitattassa bhikkhuno.
凡是能视乐为苦、视苦为刺的人,
他便不陷于这两端之间;在世间,他依何而住,又有何所有?
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yo sukhaṃ dukkhato adda, dukkhamaddakkhi sallato; Ubhayantarena nāhosi, kena lokasmi kiṃ siyā.
愿我永不成为恶欲、懈怠、劣精进之人;
寡闻且不恭敬的人,在世间能有何成就?
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Mā me kadāci pāpiccho, kusīto hīnavīriyo; Appassuto anādaro, kena lokasmi kiṃ siyā.
多闻且具智慧者,于诸戒中善安住;
修习心寂止之人,纵使头顶燃亦住。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Bahussuto ca medhāvī, sīlesu susamāhito; Cetosamathamanuyutto, api muddhani tiṭṭhatu.
那沉迷戏论、乐著戏论的愚人;
他错失了涅槃——那无上的安稳。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yo papañcamanuyutto, papañcābhirato mago; Virādhayī so nibbānaṃ, yogakkhemaṃ anuttaraṃ.
他舍弃戏论,乐住无戏论之道;
他证悟涅槃——那无上的安稳。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yo ca papañcaṃ hitvāna, nippapañcapathe rato; Ārādhayī so nibbānaṃ, yogakkhemaṃ anuttaraṃ.
不论在村落,或于林野,不论在低洼之处,或在高平之地;
有阿拉汉安住之处,那片土地便是怡人可爱之所。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Gāme vā yadi vāraññe, ninne vā yadi vā thale; Yattha arahanto viharanti, taṃ bhūmirāmaṇeyyakaṃ.
森林确实可爱,而世人却不乐于其中;
离贪者将乐于其间,他们不是追求欲乐之人。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ramaṇīyāni araññāni, yattha na ramatī jano; Vītarāgā ramissanti, na te kāmagavesino.
若见有人,如同揭示宝藏,能明察过失,
应当亲近如此智者:善于呵责,具足智慧;
亲近那样的人,只会更善,不会更恶。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nidhīnaṃva pavattāraṃ, yaṃ passe vajjadassinaṃ; Niggayhavādiṃ medhāviṃ, tādisaṃ paṇḍitaṃ bhaje; Tādisaṃ bhajamānassa, seyyo hoti na pāpiyo.
应当教导、依教诫,并阻止不善之行;
因为善人视他为可爱,不善者则视他为可厌。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ovadeyyānusāseyya, asabbhā ca nivāraye; Satañhi so piyo hoti, asataṃ hoti appiyo.
世尊、佛陀、具眼者曾为他人宣说正法;
当正法被宣说时,我为求义利而专注谛听;
因此,我的听闻不虚,我已得解脱,成为无漏者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Aññassa bhagavā buddho, dhammaṃ desesi cakkhumā; Dhamme desiyamānamhi, sotamādhesimatthiko; Taṃ me amoghaṃ savanaṃ, vimuttomhi anāsavo.
既不是为了宿住随念,也不是为了天眼智;
并非为了能知他心的神通,也不是为了知晓死与再生;
我并无为清净天耳界而发的誓愿。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Neva pubbenivāsāya, napi dibbassa cakkhuno; Cetopariyāya iddhiyā, cutiyā upapattiyā; Sotadhātuvisuddhiyā, paṇidhī me na vijjati.
就像那依止树下,剃除须发,身披僧伽梨者,
以智慧为最上的长老,如同优波提舍那般修习禅那。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Rukkhamūlaṃva nissāya, muṇḍo saṅghāṭipāruto; Paññāya uttamo thero, upatissova jhāyati.
‘‘Avitakkaṃ samāpanno, sammāsambuddhasāvako; Ariyena tuṇhībhāvena, upeto hoti tāvade.
如同坚固的岩山,岿然不动,
同样,灭尽痴的比丘,犹如山岳般不动摇。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathāpi pabbato selo, acalo suppatiṭṭhito; Evaṃ mohakkhayā bhikkhu, pabbatova na vedhati.
那无有瑕疵之人,常求清净,
即使纤毫之恶,亦如云团般显现。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Anaṅgaṇassa posassa, niccaṃ sucigavesino; Vālaggamattaṃ pāpassa, abbhamattaṃva khāyati.
‘‘Nābhinandāmi maraṇaṃ, nābhinandāmi jīvitaṃ; Nikkhipissaṃ imaṃ kāyaṃ, sampajāno paṭissato.
我不欣喜死亡,也不欣喜生命;
我等待死亡时刻,如同不望报酬的雇工。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nābhinandāmi maraṇaṃ, nābhinandāmi jīvitaṃ; Kālañca paṭikaṅkhāmi, nibbisaṃ bhatako yathā.
你们应当精勤修行,不要让自己毁灭;切莫让那恰当的时机白白流逝。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ubhayena midaṃ maraṇameva, nāmaraṇaṃ pacchā vā pure vā; Paṭipajjatha mā vinassatha, khaṇo vo mā upaccagā.
犹如边疆的城池,内外严密守护;
你们也应如此守护自身,切莫错过时机。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nagaraṃ yathā paccantaṃ, guttaṃ santarabāhiraṃ; Evaṃ gopetha attānaṃ, khaṇo vo mā upaccagā; Khaṇātītā hi socanti, nirayamhi samappitā.
寂静止息,言语柔和,不浮不躁;
他抖落诸恶法,犹如风抖落叶。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Upasanto uparato, mantabhāṇī anuddhato; Dhunāti pāpake dhamme, dumapattaṃva māluto.
寂静止息,言语柔和而不浮躁;
他舍弃诸恶法,犹如风吹落树叶。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Upasanto uparato, mantabhāṇī anuddhato; Appāsi pāpake dhamme, dumapattaṃva māluto.
寂静无忧,清净无浊;
善持净戒、具足智慧者,能究竟尽苦。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Upasanto anāyāso, vippasanno anāvilo; Kalyāṇasīlo medhāvī, dukkhassantakaro siyā.
对于某些人,不应如此信赖,不论是在家人还是出家人;
善者变为不善,不善者又变为善。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na vissase ekatiyesu evaṃ, agārisu pabbajitesu cāpi; Sādhūpi hutvāna asādhu honti, asādhu hutvā puna sādhu honti.
比丘的欲贪、嗔恚、昏沉睡眠,
掉举与疑,这五种是心的污秽。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kāmacchando ca byāpādo, thinamiddhañca bhikkhuno; Uddhaccaṃ vicikicchā ca, pañcete cittakelisā.
无论受到恭敬或不恭敬,
安住于不放逸者的定,不会动摇。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yassa sakkariyamānassa, asakkārena cūbhayaṃ; Samādhi na vikampati, appamādavihārino.
那位恒常修禅、精进不息、洞察微细之见者,
乐于执取之灭尽,他即被称为善士。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Taṃ jhāyinaṃ sātatikaṃ, sukhumadiṭṭhipassakaṃ; Upādānakkhayārāmaṃ, āhu sappuriso iti.
大海、大地、山岳与风,
皆不足以用譬喻来比拟导师的殊胜解脱。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Mahāsamuddo pathavī, pabbato anilopi ca; Upamāya na yujjanti, satthu varavimuttiyā.
“随法轮转的长老”:他具备大智慧,安住于定,随佛陀所转之法轮而行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Cakkānuvattako thero, mahāñāṇī samāhito;
“如大地,亦如火”:他的心犹如大地,对可爱与不可爱之境皆能平等中舍地承受;亦如烈火,对所缘既无执取亦无排斥。因此,他于一切事物不染着、不嗔厌。显示巴利原文
Pathavāpaggisamāno, na rajjati na dussati.
「已证得慧波罗蜜」:他已到达慧的彼岸,成就了最圆满的智慧。「大通智」:拥有通达一切所知的大智慧。「大慧者」:即具足广大智慧之人。显示巴利原文
‘‘Paññāpāramitaṃ patto, mahābuddhi mahāmati;
「不愚而示现如愚」:他本不愚钝,外在却示现如愚者一般。「恒常游于寂灭」:这位寂灭者——因贪嗔痴等烦恼已完全止息而称为寂灭者——始终如同寂灭者那般安然行于世间。显示巴利原文
Ajaḷo jaḷasamāno, sadā carati nibbuto.
“我承事了导师”:我已恭敬承事、照料了佛陀这位导师。(中略)“有的导引已断除”:我自己也已彻底断除能导引至“有”的贪爱与无明。显示巴利原文
‘‘Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā…pe… bhavanettisamūhatā.
‘‘Sampādethappamādena, esā me anusāsanī; Handāhaṃ parinibbissaṃ, vippamuttomhi sabbadhī’’ti. –
此为长老所说之偈颂。这些偈颂中,有些是长老自说,有些是世尊以长老为缘而说,后来全部由长老为宣说自己修行经历而说,因而成为长老自己的偈颂。显示巴利原文
Imā gāthā abhāsi. Imā hi kāci gāthā therena bhāsitā, kāci theraṃ ārabbha bhagavatā bhāsitā, sabbā pacchā attano cariyapavedanavasena therena bhāsitattā therasseva gāthā ahesuṃ.
其中,「如实而行者」:指以身等防护、守护而行、住的人;或者,依如实行之戒而为「如实而行者」,即具足戒者。「如寂静者」:意为如同已寂静的人。为了偈颂音韵流畅,此处省略鼻音而作说明,如同说“寂静”,其义与圣者无别。「具念者」:具足最上之念。「已调伏思惟而勤修禅那者」:彻底断除邪思惟后,依出离思惟等而成为已调伏思惟,并通过所缘审察与特相审察修习禅那的人。「不放逸者」:指在如实而行中已调伏思惟,并藉由禅那于一切处不放逸,稳固保持正念正知的人。「内乐者」:乐于内在业处修习的人。「心等持者」:通过那样的修习而达到心一境性的人。「独处」:没有同伴,舍离群体交杂与烦恼交杂,增长身远离与心远离的人。「知足」:指通过资具知足与修习乐知足而如实欢喜、满足。因为在修习带来层层殊胜的过程中,会生起广大喜与欢悦,至达顶峰时则无需多言。「他们称这样的为比丘」:对于这样的人,因其圆满三学、见到怖畏且已断除烦恼,故得名为「比丘」。显示巴利原文
Tattha yathācārīti yathā kāyādīhi saṃyato, saṃvuto hutvā carati viharati, yathācaraṇasīloti vā yathācārī, sīlasampannoti attho. Yathāsatoti yathāsanto. Gāthāsukhatthañhi anunāsikalopaṃ katvā niddeso kato, santo viya, ariyehi nibbisesoti attho. Satīmāti paramāya satiyā samannāgato. Yatasaṅkappajjhāyīti sabbaso micchāsaṅkappaṃ pahāya nekkhammasaṅkappādivasena saṃyatasaṅkappo hutvā ārammaṇūpanijjhānena lakkhaṇūpanijjhānena ca jhāyanasīlo. Appamattoti tasmiṃyeva yathācāribhāve yatasaṅkappo hutvā jhāyanena ca pamādarahito sabbattha suppatiṭṭhitasatisampajañño. Ajjhattaratoti gocarajjhatte kammaṭṭhānabhāvanāya abhirato. Samāhitattoti tāya eva bhāvanāya ekaggacitto. Ekoti asahāyo gaṇasaṃsaggaṃ, kilesasaṃsaggañca pahāya kāyavivekaṃ, cittavivekañca paribrūhayanto. Santusitoti paccayasantosena ca bhāvanārāmasantosena ca sammadeva tusito tuṭṭho. Bhāvanāya hi uparūpari visesaṃ āvahantiyā uḷāraṃ pītipāmojjaṃ uppajjati, matthakaṃ pattāya pana vattabbameva natthi. Tamāhubhikkhunti taṃ evarūpaṃ puggalaṃ sikkhattayapāripūriyā bhayaṃ ikkhanatāya bhinnakilesatāya ca bhikkhūti vadanti.
现在,为了说明前述两种知足中首先说的资具知足,而说“湿的或干的……”等。其中,「湿的」:指用熟酥等浇淋而湿软的。「干的」:指没有这些而粗糙的。「或」字表示不确定,即“湿的或干的”。「很」:意为极为。「不应饱足」:意思是不要吃饱。如何才能如此呢?说道:「食不满腹,少量进食者」。比丘无论吃殊胜或粗糙的食物,都不按足量来吃,让腹部不饱满、腹部轻松,因此就是少量进食、限量进食的人;他取用具备八种支分的食物,于其中以知量和省察的念而保持正知后,应这样游行、安住。显示巴利原文
Idāni yathāvuttasantosadvaye paccayasantosaṃ tāva dassento ‘‘allaṃ sukkhaṃ vā’’tiādimāha. Tattha allanti sappiādiupasekena tintaṃ siniddhaṃ. Sukkhanti tadabhāvena lūkhaṃ. Vā-saddo aniyamattho, allaṃ vā sukkhaṃ vāti. Bāḷhanti ativiya. Suhitoti dhāto na siyāti attho. Kathaṃ pana siyāti āha ‘‘ūnūdaro mitāhāro’’ti paṇītaṃ lūkhaṃ vāpi bhojanaṃ bhuñjanto bhikkhu yāvadatthaṃ abhuñjitvā ūnūdaro sallahukudaro, tato eva mitāhāro parimitabhojano aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ āhāraṃ āharanto tattha mattaññutāya paccavekkhaṇasatiyā ca sato hutvā paribbaje vihareyya.
那么,如何成为「食不满腹,少量进食者」呢?为了显示这个,而说“四五……”等。其中,「不食」:指不吃四五口团食,为相应分量的食物留出空间后,可以饮水。对于心倾向于涅槃的比丘来说,这足以令他安住于舒适,并因适合证得禅那等而得住于乐,这便足够了。通过这样说明维持身体所需的团食,显示了在团食中随得即知足。另有一种读法是「食已然」,这可能是针对即使仅靠四五口食物就能维持身体的、具有极坚固自然之力的人而说;这也与后面的偈颂一致,因为下文将说到只需要少量衣服、坐卧具。显示巴利原文
Yathā pana ūnūdaro mitāhāro ca nāma hoti, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘cattāro’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha abhutvāti cattāro vā pañca vā ālope kabaḷe abhuñjitvā tattakassa āhārassa okāsaṃ ṭhapetvā pānīyaṃ piveyya. Ayañhi āhāre sallahukavutti. Nibbānañhi pesitacittassa bhikkhuno phāsuvihārāya jhānādīnaṃ adhigamayogyatāya sukhavihārāya alaṃ pariyattanti attho. Iminā kucchiparihāriyaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ vadanto piṇḍapāte itarītarasantosaṃ dasseti. ‘‘Bhutvānā’’ti vā pāṭho, so catupañcālopamattenāpi āhārena sarīraṃ yāpetuṃ samatthassa ativiya thirapakatikassa puggalassa vasena vutto siyā, uttaragāthāhipi saṃsandati eva appakasseva cīvarassa senāsanassa ca vakkhamānattā.
“净”:指符合净与随顺净的亚麻等布料中的某一种。“若以此覆盖”:即如果以此净衣覆盖应覆盖处,则该衣属于导师所开许的种类,且符合最低限度的开许尺寸。“此是有义利”:意思是这有其利益,正如世尊所说,仅仅为了防护寒冷等的碰撞,以及为了遮蔽羞处,这便是它的利益。藉此说明维持身体所需的衣服,并依所得而知足。显示巴利原文
Kappiyanti yaṃ kappiyakappiyānulomesu khomādīsu aññataranti attho. Tañce chādetīti kappiyaṃ cīvaraṃ samānaṃ chādetabbaṃ ṭhānaṃ chādeti ce, satthārā anuññātajātiyaṃ santaṃ heṭṭhimantena anuññātapamāṇayuttaṃ ce hotīti attho. Idamatthikanti idaṃ payojanatthaṃ satthārā vuttapayojanatthaṃ yāvadeva sītādipaṭighātanatthañceva hirīkopīnapaṭicchādanatthañcāti attho. Etena kāyaparihāriyaṃ cīvaraṃ tattha itarītarasantosañca vadati.
“以结跏趺坐而坐者”:结跏趺坐是指从四周环绕绑定双腿的坐姿,以此坐姿而坐者,即盘起三节式跏趺而坐的人。“雨水落至膝”:指在那样的茅舍中如此安坐时,天降雨水不会打湿双膝。纵是如此仅达边际的坐卧处,有志于求取义利的善男子也能安坐其中,成就自己的目标。因此说:“足以安住舒适,对于已策励心的比丘。”显示巴利原文
Pallaṅkena nisinnassāti pallaṅkaṃ vuccati samantato ūrubaddhāsanaṃ, tena nisinnassa, tisandhipallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā nisinnassāti attho. Jaṇṇukenābhivassatīti yassaṃ kuṭiyaṃ tathā nisinnassa deve vassante jaṇṇukadvayaṃ vassodakena na temiyati, ettakampi sabbapariyantasenāsanaṃ , sakkā hi tattha nisīditvā atthakāmarūpena kulaputtena sadatthaṃ nipphādetuṃ. Tenāha ‘‘alaṃ phāsuvihārāya, pahitattassa bhikkhuno’’ti.
长老以这四首偈颂,对那些多欲、不知足的比丘揭示了最为殊胜的严格教诫后,现在通过“受”门来显示修习之乐与知足,遂说出“若乐……”等偈颂。其中,“乐”:指乐受。“从变易之苦”:即从变易苦。“见”:即见了,意思是以伴随观智的道智如实而见。因为乐受在享受时虽被品尝,却如掺了毒的食物,到了变易时便成为苦,所以此处是在显示苦随观。“见苦如箭”:即见苦受如同箭。苦受就像箭,无论是刚刺入身体、已经刺入停留,还是被拔出时,都只会造成压迫;同样,它在生起时、住立时、坏灭时,也都只会带来逼迫。因此,此处是在更强烈地显示苦随观,并且依据“凡是苦,即无我”(《相应部》3.15)之说,解开了对这两种受执取为我、我所的执著。“于两者之间”:即在两者中间,也就是介于苦受与乐受之间的不苦不乐受。“不存在”:意思是,在如实通达时,对于我、我所。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ thero imāhi catūhi gāthāhi ye te bhikkhū mahicchā asantuṭṭhā, tesaṃ paramukkaṃsagataṃ sallekhaovādaṃ pakāsetvā idāni vedanāmukhena bhāvanārāmasantosaṃ dassento ‘‘yo sukha’’ntiādimāha. Tattha sukhanti sukhavedanaṃ. Dukkhatoti vipariṇāmadukkhato. Addāti addasa, vipassanāpaññāsahitāya maggapaññāya yathābhūtaṃ yo apassīti attho. Sukhavedanā hi paribhogakāle assādiyamānāpi visamissaṃ viya bhojanaṃ vipariṇāmakāle dukkhāyeva hoti. Tenettha dukkhānupassanaṃ dasseti. Dukkhamaddakkhi sallatoti dukkhavedanaṃ yo sallanti passi. Dukkhavedanā hi yathā sallaṃ sarīraṃ anupavisantampi anupavisitvā ṭhitampi uddhariyamānampi pīḷanameva janeti, evaṃ uppajjamānāpi ṭhitippattāpi bhijjamānāpi vibādhatiyevāti. Etenettha dukkhānupassanaṃyeva ukkaṃsetvā vadati, tena ca ‘‘yaṃ dukkhaṃ tadanattā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.15) vacanato vedanādvaye attattaniyagāhaṃ viniveṭheti. Ubhayantarenāti ubhayesaṃ antare, sukhadukkhavedanānaṃ majjhabhūte adukkhamasukheti attho. Nāhosīti yathābhūtāvabodhane attattaniyābhinivesanaṃ ahosi. Kena lokasmi kiṃ siyāti evaṃ vedanāmukhena pañcapi upādānakkhandhe parijānitvā tappaṭibaddhaṃ sakalakilesajālaṃ samucchinditvā ṭhito kena nāma kilesena lokasmiṃ baddho, devatādīsu kiṃ vā āyati siyā, aññadatthu chinnabandhano apaññattikova siyāti adhippāyo.
在此,为呵责行邪道者、赞叹行正道者,他说了“愿我……”等四偈。其中“愿我身边永无恶欲者”(mā me kadāci pāpiccho)是指:那些为了标榜本不存在的功德而起恶欲的人,于沙门法缺乏精进而懈怠,故是劣精进者;由于未曾听闻真实、缘起等相应的经典,故是寡闻者;于教导和训诫无有恭敬,故是不敬者——如此极卑劣的人,愿我身边永无。“以何法,于世中能有何成就?”(kena lokasmi kiṃ siyā)意思是:在这世间、于众生界中,对这样的人,无论以何教导、行何作为,又能有何成就?全然徒劳无益。显示巴利原文
Idāni micchāpaṭipanne puggale garahanto sammāpaṭipanne pasaṃsanto ‘‘mā me’’tiādikā catasso gāthā abhāsi. Tattha mā me kadāci pāpicchoti yo asantaguṇasambhāvanicchāya pāpiccho , samaṇadhamme ussāhābhāvena kusīto, tatoyeva hīnavīriyo, saccapaṭiccasamuppādādipaṭisaṃyuttassa sutassa abhāvena appassuto, ovādānusāsanīsu ādarābhāvena anādaro, tādiso atihīnapuggalo mama santike kadācipi mā hotu. Kasmā? Kena lokasmi kiṃ siyāti lokasmiṃ sattanikāye tassa tādisassa puggalassa kena ovādena kiṃ bhavitabbaṃ, kena vā katena kiṃ siyā, niratthakamevāti attho.
“多闻者”(bahussuto cā):指那种人,由于广泛听闻了与戒等相关的众多经、应颂等分类的教法,成为多闻者;以法抉择智、护持智与通达智而成为有智慧者;又因在戒上稳固安立,成为善自制者;他致力于心寂止——分为世间与出世间的内心等持。像这样的人,即使站立在我的头顶上也是恰当的,更不必说共住了。显示巴利原文
Bahussuto cāti yo puggalo sīlādipaṭisaṃyuttassa suttageyyādibhedassa bahuno sutassa sambhavena bahussuto, dhammojapaññāya pārihāriyapaññāya paṭivedhapaññāya ca vasena medhāvī, sīlesu ca suṭṭhu patiṭṭhitattā susamāhito, cetosamathaṃ lokiyalokuttarabhedaṃ cittasamādhānaṃ anuyutto, tādiso puggalo mayhaṃ matthakepi tiṭṭhatu, pageva sahavāso.
“凡是沉溺于戏论者”(yo papañcamanuyutto):然而有一种人,喜好种种事务、贪著色相等,沉溺于在轮回中滋长蔓延的渴爱等种种戏论,不见其中过患而乐此不疲,如同鹿一般,他便已错失涅槃,与涅槃相距极为遥远。显示巴利原文
Yo papañcamanuyuttoti yo pana puggalo kammārāmatādivasena rūpābhisaṅgādivasena ca pavattiyā papañcanaṭṭhena taṇhādibhedaṃ papañcaṃ anuyutto, tattha ca anādīnavadassanena abhirato magasadiso, so nibbānaṃ virādhayi, so nibbānā suvidūravidūre ṭhito.
「凡是舍弃戏论者」:意指有人舍离了渴爱戏论,因其无有,故于无戏论的涅槃之道——即证得涅槃的方便、于圣道——喜乐修习与证悟,他便成就、达成、证得了涅槃。显示巴利原文
Yo ca papañcaṃ hitvānāti yo pana puggalo taṇhāpapañcaṃ pahāya tadabhāvato nippapañcassa nibbānassa pathe adhigamupāye ariyamagge rato bhāvanābhisamaye abhirato, so nibbānaṃ ārādhayi sādhesi adhigacchīti attho.
有一天,长老看见自己的幼弟离婆多长老住在遍布荆棘、金合欢丛生的无水旷野中,为了称赞他,便说出「无论在村中……」等两首偈颂。其中,「无论在村中」的意思是:阿拉汉在村落边缘虽未必获得身远离,但必定获得心远离。因为即使面对天界殊妙的所缘,他们的心也不会被扰动。因此,无论是在村中,还是森林等其他任何地方,只要是阿拉汉居住之处,那片土地便是可爱的。显示巴利原文
Athekadivasaṃ thero attano kaniṭṭhabhātikassa revatattherassa kaṇṭakanicitakhadirarukkhasañchanne nirudakakantāre vāsaṃ disvā taṃ pasaṃsanto ‘‘gāme vā’’tiādikā dve gāthā abhāsi. Tattha gāme vāti kiñcāpi arahanto gāmante kāyavivekaṃ na labhanti, cittavivekaṃ pana labhanteva. Tesañhi dibbapaṭibhāgānipi ārammaṇāni cittaṃ cāletuṃ na sakkonti, tasmā gāme vā hotu araññādīsu aññataraṃ vā, yattha arahanto viharanti, taṃ bhūmirāmaṇeyyakanti so bhūmippadeso ramaṇīyo evāti attho.
「森林」:指那些繁花树丛点缀、具足清澈无垢水池的可爱森林——这是文句上的关联。「在那里」:指在那仿佛绽放、令人欢喜的森林中,欲乐的追求者却并不喜乐。然而,「离贪者」:即断除贪欲的漏尽者,犹如寻香蜜蜂在莲花丛中,会在那样的森林中喜悦。「他们不是欲求者」:意指这些离贪者并非追求欲乐的人。显示巴利原文
Araññānīti supupphitatarusaṇḍamaṇḍitāni vimalasalilāsayasampannāni araññāni ramaṇīyānīti sambandho. Yatthāti yesu araññesu vikasitesu viya ramamānesu kāmapakkhiko kāmagavesako jano na ramati. Vītarāgāti vigatarāgā pana khīṇāsavā bhamaramadhukarā viya padumavanesu tathārūpesu araññesu ramissantīti. Na te kāmagavesinoti yasmā te vītarāgā kāmagavesino na hontīti attho.
又一时,长老出于悲悯,度化一位名叫罗陀(Rādha)的贫苦婆罗门出家,为他授具足戒,并让他做自己的后行沙门,一同游历。一日,因罗陀秉性柔顺,长老心生欢喜,教诫他时,便说出了以“nidhīnaṃvā”(如宝藏)起首的教导。
其中,“nidhīnaṃvā”(如宝藏)意指:如同将盛满黄金、金币等的宝藏罐埋藏于各处。“pavattāraṃ”(指路者)意指:譬如有人怜悯那些生活困苦、处境悲惨的人,心想:“来,我为你指示安乐活命之道。”便将其带到藏宝之处,伸手说:“拿取此物,安乐过活吧!”这样的告知者。
“vajjadassina”(见过失者)有两种:一种是专事挑剔之人,心念:“我要借此不当或过失之行,在僧团中惩治他。”另一种则期望了知未知之事,令已知愈加明晰,出于增长戒律等意乐而观察种种过失,其本性安住于拔济他人。此处所指为后者。正如那位困苦之人,即使被人呵令“取这宝藏!”也不会在见宝藏时生嗔,反而满心欢喜;同样地,当如此之人见到不如法或有过失的行为而加以指正时,不应显示巴利原文
Puna thero rādhaṃ nāma duggatabrāhmaṇaṃ anukampāya pabbājetvā, upasampādetvā tameva pacchāsamaṇaṃ katvā vicaranto ekadivasaṃ tassa ca subbacabhāvena tussitvā ovādaṃ dento ‘‘nidhīnaṃvā’’tiādimāha. Tattha nidhīnaṃvāti tattha tattha nidahitvā ṭhapitānaṃ hiraññasuvaṇṇādipūrānaṃ nidhikumbhīnaṃ. Pavattāranti kicchajīvike duggatamanusse anukampaṃ katvā ‘‘ehi te sukhena jīvituṃ upāyaṃ dassessāmī’’ti nidhiṭṭhānaṃ netvā hatthaṃ pasāretvā ‘‘imaṃ gahetvā sukhaṃ jīvāhī’’ti ācikkhitāraṃ viya. Vajjadassinanti dve vajjadassino – ‘‘iminā naṃ asāruppena vā khalitena vā saṅghamajjhe niggaṇhissāmī’’ti randhagavesako ca, aññātaṃ ñāpetukāmo ñātaṃ assādento sīlādivuddhikāmatāya taṃ taṃ vajjaṃ olokento ullumpanasabhāvasaṇṭhito cāti, ayaṃ idha adhippeto. Yathā hi duggatamanusso ‘‘imaṃ nidhiṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti niggayhamānopi nidhidassane kopaṃ na karoti, pamuditova hoti, evaṃ evarūpesu puggalesu asāruppaṃ vā khalitaṃ vā disvā ācikkhante kopo na kātabbo, tuṭṭhacitteneva bhavitabbaṃ, ‘‘bhante, punapi maṃ evarūpaṃ vadeyyāthā’’ti pavāretabbameva. Niggayhavādinti yo vajjaṃ disvā ayaṃ me saddhivihāriko, antevāsiko, upakārakoti acintetvā vajjānurūpaṃ tajjento paṇāmento daṇḍakammaṃ karonto sikkhāpeti, ayaṃ niggayhavādī nāma sammāsambuddho viya. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘niggayha niggayhāhaṃ, ānanda, vakkhāmi; pavayha pavayha, ānanda, vakkhāmi. Yo sāro so ṭhassatī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.196). Medhāvinti dhammojapaññāya samannāgataṃ. Tādisanti evarūpaṃ paṇḍitaṃ. Bhajeti payirupāseyya. Tādisañhi ācariyaṃ bhajamānassa antevāsikassa seyyo hoti, na pāpiyo, vuḍḍhiyeva hoti, no parihānīti attho.
又一时,当阿说他示(Assaji)与富那婆薮(Punabbasuka)等人在枳吒山(Kīṭāgiri)的住处玷污僧团时,法将军舍利弗受世尊派遣,领着自己的随众与大目犍连一同前往。在他们不纳受教诫时,他说了此偈。
其中,“ovadeyya”(应当教诫)意为应当给予教诫、训诲。“anusāseyya”(应当训诲)是其同义词。或者,于事情发生时而作劝说,称为“ovadati”(教诫);于事情未发生,针对未来说道“你的铁器亦应如此”等,称为“anusāsati”(训诲)。或当面言说为“ovadati”;背后遣使或寄书信言说为“anusāsati”。或仅说一次为“ovadati”;反复宣说为“anusāsati”。
“asabbhā ca”(应遮止不善)意为应当遮止不善法,令其安立善法。
“satañhi so”(因为他是善人所爱的)意思是:这样的人为善士所爱。然而,那些不善之人、非善士,不顾后世,眼中唯有世间利益,为谋生计而出家,那么这位显示巴利原文
Athekadā assajipunabbasukehi kīṭāgirismiṃ āvāse dūsite satthārā āṇatto attano parisāya mahāmoggallānena ca saddhiṃ tattha gato dhammasenāpati assajipunabbasukesu ovādaṃ anādiyantesu imaṃ gāthamāha. Tattha ovadeyyāti ovādaṃ anusiṭṭhiṃ dadeyya. Anusāseyyāti tasseva pariyāyavacanaṃ. Atha vā uppanne vatthusmiṃ vadanto ovadati nāma, anuppanne ‘‘ayasopi te siyā’’tiādiṃ anāgataṃ uddissa vadanto anusāsati nāma. Sammukhā vadanto vā ovadati nāma, parammukhā dūtaṃ, sāsanaṃ vā pesetvā vadanto anusāsati nāma. Sakiṃ vadanto vā ovadati nāma, punappunaṃ vadanto anusāsati nāma. Asabbhā cāti akusalā dhammā ca nivāraye, kusale dhamme ca patiṭṭhāpeyyāti attho. Satañhi soti evarūpo puggalo sādhūnaṃ piyo hoti. Ye pana asantā asappurisā vitiṇṇaparalokā āmisacakkhukā jīvikatthāya pabbajitā, tesaṃ so ovādako anusāsako ‘‘na tvaṃ amhākaṃ upajjhāyo, na ācariyo, kasmā amhe vadasī’’ti evaṃ mukhasattīhi vijjhantānaṃ appiyo hotīti.
当时比丘众里兴起这样的议论:“世尊说法是缘于此人,他就是那位具足亲依止缘的人。”为了指出“并非如此”,长老说了「aññassā」(为他人)等偈颂。
其中,「aññassā」(为他人)是指他自己的外甥——长爪游方者。因为当世尊在教授《受摄受经》(《中部》2.205-206)时,这位大长老在修习过程中获得证悟,达到了声闻波罗蜜智的顶峰。
「sotamodhesimatthiko」(专注倾听以求法义者)意思是:他当时正给世尊扇着扇子,站在一旁,为了法义成为求法者,全神贯注,侧耳倾听。
「taṃ me amoghaṃ savanaṃ」(我的那次听闻不空无果)意思是:那样的听闻、那一次的听闻,对我来说并非空无成果,它成了上首弟子所应证得之成就的依靠。因此他说:“我已解脱”等。显示巴利原文
‘‘Yaṃ ārabbha satthā dhammaṃ deseti, so eva upanissayasampanno’’ti bhikkhūsu kathāya samuṭṭhitāya ‘‘nayidameta’’nti dassento ‘‘aññassā’’ti gāthamāha. Tattha aññassāti attano bhāgineyyaṃ dīghanakhaparibbājakaṃ sandhāyāha. Tassa hi satthārā vedanāpariggahasutte (ma. ni. 2.205-206) desiyamāne ayaṃ mahāthero bhāvanāmagge adhigantvā sāvakapāramīñāṇassa matthakaṃ patto. Sotamodhesimatthikoti satthāraṃ bījayamāno ṭhito atthiko hutvā sussūsanto sotaṃ odahiṃ. Taṃme amoghaṃ savananti taṃ tathā sutaṃ savanaṃ mayhaṃ amoghaṃ avañjhaṃ ahosi, aggasāvakena pattabbaṃ sampattīnaṃ avassayo ahosi. Tenāha ‘‘vimuttomhī’’tiādi.
其中,“neva pubbenivāsāya”(于宿住智从不)的句义关联是:为了了知自己与他人的宿住智,我从不曾有过誓愿。意思是,即便为彼事而以预备行方式生起的微细心愿也未曾有过。同样,“cetopariyāyā”(他心智)、“iddhiyā”(神变智)、“cutiyā upapattiyā”(死生智)与“sotadhātuvisuddhiyā”(天耳智),为了成就这些殊胜智,以预备行方式生起的心愿、心的志向,我既无有,亦未曾有。正如正自觉者的一切智功德,于证得最高道果时自然获得,声闻弟子的一切声闻功德,也是于证得最高道果时自然获得;对他们而言,并不存在为证悟这些而单独修习预备行之事。显示巴利原文
Tattha neva pubbenivāsāyāti attano paresañca pubbenivāsajānanañāṇatthāya, paṇidhī me neva vijjatīti yojanā. Parikammakaraṇavasena tadatthaṃ cittapaṇidhānamattampi nevatthi neva ahosīti attho. Cetopariyāyāti cetopariyañāṇassa. Iddhiyāti iddhividhañāṇassa. Cutiyā upapattiyāti, sattānaṃ cutiyā upapattiyā ca jānanañāṇāya cutūpapātañāṇatthāya. Sotadhātuvisuddhiyāti dibbasotañāṇassa. Paṇidhī me na vijjatīti imesaṃ abhiññāvisesānaṃ atthāya parikammavasena cittassa paṇidhi cittābhinīhāro me natthi nāhosīti attho. Sabbaññuguṇā viya hi buddhānaṃ aggamaggādhigameneva sāvakānaṃ sabbe sāvakaguṇā hatthagatā honti, na tesaṃ adhigamāya visuṃ parikammakaraṇakiccaṃ atthīti.
以“rukkhamūla”(树下)为起始的三首偈颂,是世尊住于鸽窟时,遭夜叉击打,依定力而显示自身毫不动摇的状态所说。其中,“muṇḍa”(秃头)并非指被剃除头发的人。“saṅghāṭipāruta”(披着僧伽梨)是指披着僧伽梨而坐。也有读作“saṅghāṭiyā supāruto”(以僧伽梨善披覆者)的。“paññāya uttamo thero”(以慧为最上的长老)指身为长老而于智慧为最上,即声闻弟子中智慧第一。“jhāyati”(禅修)是指以所缘审察和相审察而修习,即多住于等至的住法。显示巴利原文
Rukkhamūlantiādikā tisso gāthā kapotakandarāyaṃ viharantassa yakkhena pahatakāle samāpattibalena attano nibbikāratādīpanavasena vuttā. Tattha muṇḍoti na voropitakeso. Saṅghāṭipārutoti saṅghāṭiṃ pārupitvā nisinno. ‘‘Saṅghāṭiyā supāruto’’ti ca paṭhanti. Paññāya uttamo theroti thero hutvā paññāya uttamo, sāvakesu paññāya seṭṭhoti attho. Jhāyatīti ārammaṇūpanijjhānena lakkhaṇūpanijjhānena ca jhāyati, bahulaṃ samāpattivihārena viharatīti attho.
“Upeto hoti tāvade”(当时即已具足)意思是:当比丘被夜叉击中头部时,他即刻便入于无寻的第四禅果定,具足了圣者的默然。此处的“hoti”(是)为现在时,表过去义(即当时便已成就)。显示巴利原文
Upeto hoti tāvadeti yadā yakkhena sīse pahato, tāvadeva avitakkaṃ catutthajjhānikaphalasamāpattiṃ samāpanno ariyena tuṇhībhāvena upeto samannāgato ahosi. Atītatthe hi hotīti idaṃ vattamānavacanaṃ.
“pabbatova na vedhati”(如石山般不动摇),是指那位断尽愚痴、摧破一切烦恼的比丘。他犹如岩石所成的山,安住不动,稳固而立,不为可意或不可意等任何事物所动摇,于一切处皆无变易。显示巴利原文
Pabbatova na vedhatīti mohakkhayā bhinnasabbakileso bhikkhu. So selamayapabbato viya acalo suppatiṭṭhito iṭṭhādinā kenaci na vedhati, sabbattha nibbikāro hotīti attho.
后来有一天,长老不经意间,下裙的一角垂落下来。一位沙弥说道:“尊者,下裙应穿得圆整。”长老听后,如顶戴此语一般,心想:“说得好,说得真好!”随即稍退后,将下裙穿得圆整。为了表明“对我等而言,此亦是过失”,便说出了那首以“anaṅgaṇassa”(无秽)开端的偈颂。显示巴利原文
Athekadivasaṃ therassa asatiyā nivāsanakaṇṇe olambante aññataro sāmaṇero, ‘‘bhante, parimaṇḍalaṃ nivāsetabba’’nti āha. Taṃ sutvā ‘‘bhaddaṃ tayā suṭṭhu vutta’’nti sirasā viya sampaṭicchanto tāvadeva thokaṃ apakkamitvā parimaṇḍalaṃ nivāsetvā ‘‘mādisānaṃ ayampi dosoyevā’’ti dassento ‘‘anaṅgaṇassā’’ti gāthamāha.
接着,为显示自己对死亡与生命皆住于平等心的境界,他说了“我不欢喜……”等两首偈颂;随后又为他人说法,说了“于二者中,这……”等两首偈颂。其中,“于二者中”(ubhayena)意为“于这两者当中”、“于这两个时段”。“这”(midam)中的“m”音是连声字。所谓“这”,即指死亡本身;死亡实有,不死之事毕竟无存。为说明哪“两个时段”,他说“或晚或早”——中年以后,衰老朽坏之时期,称为“晚”;年轻时,则称为“早”。死亡即是死亡,此乃定法。因此:“你们应当如法修行,圆满修行,勿行邪道而自毁灭,勿堕恶趣受大苦痛,勿令此殊胜时机空过。”“勿令时机空过”的意思是:这避开了八难的第九种殊胜时机,切莫任其从你们身边流逝。显示巴利原文
Puna maraṇe jīvite ca attano samacittataṃ dassento ‘‘nābhinandāmī’’tiādinā dve gāthā vatvā paresaṃ dhammaṃ kathento ‘‘ubhayena mida’’ntiādinā gāthādvayamāha. Tattha ubhayenāti ubhayesu, ubhosu kālesūti attho. Midanti ma-kāro padasandhikaro. Idaṃ maraṇameva, maraṇaṃ attheva nāma, amaraṇaṃ nāma natthi. Kesu ubhosu kālesūti āha ‘‘pacchā vā pure vā’’ti majjhimavayassa pacchā vā jarājiṇṇakāle pure vā daharakāle maraṇameva maraṇaṃ ekantikameva. Tasmā paṭipajjatha sammā paṭipattiṃ pūretha vippaṭipajjitvā mā vinassatha apāyesu mahādukkhaṃ mānubhavatha. Khaṇo vo mā upaccagāti aṭṭhahi akkhaṇehi vivajjito ayaṃ navamo khaṇo mā tumhe atikkamīti attho.
后来有一天,佛陀见到摩诃俱絺罗尊者,为了彰显他的功德,便说了“寂静……”等三首偈颂。此处,佛陀以对弟子们的教导为背景,再度结合这位长老的修行而说,讲了“他摒弃了少……”等句。其中,“他摒弃了少”意思是当下即彻底断除。“无劳累”是指没有疲惫,彻底脱离了因烦恼所生的苦。“极净无浊”,是指内心没有不信等烦恼,因而极其清净;又因为心意不混浊,所以清澈透亮。显示巴利原文
Athekadivasaṃ āyasmantaṃ mahākoṭṭhikaṃ disvā tassa guṇaṃ pakāsento ‘‘upasanto’’tiādinā tisso gāthā abhāsi. Tattha anuddesikavasena ‘‘dhunātī’’ti vuttamevatthaṃ puna therasannissitaṃ katvā vadanto ‘‘appāsī’’tiādimāha. Tattha appāsīti adhunā pahāsīti attho. Anāyāsoti aparissamo, kilesadukkharahitoti attho. Vippasanno anāviloti vippasanno asaddhiyādīnaṃ abhāvena suṭṭhu pasannacitto anāvilasaṅkappatāya anāvilo.
“不应信赖……”这首偈颂,是针对那些信受提婆达多、认同其恶见并执持不舍的跋祇族弟子们而说的。其中,“不应信赖”的意思是不要放松警觉、不要轻信。“在某些……中”是指在那些心性不稳定、属于某类凡夫的人当中。“如此”是指如同你们这样,相信“提婆达多是正确修行的人”而生起信赖,不应如此。“在俗家中”是指在在家人的生活圈里。“即使起初是善的……”:由于凡夫的本性极不稳定,如同放在马背上的葫芦、插在谷壳堆里的木桩,因此有些人虽然开始时是善的,后来却会变成不善。正如提婆达多,他往昔戒行具足,获得神通与等至,却因贪图利养恭敬而败坏修行,如今功德退失,如同断了翅膀的乌鸦,成为将来必堕恶道之人。因此,不能只凭一时所见,便信赖那种看起来“善好”的人。而有些人由于缺乏亲近善知识的因缘,起初虽是不善,后来也因亲近善知识而成为善人。所以,这句话的真正含义是:对于像提婆达多那样的“假冒善知识”,绝不应该信赖他是善人。显示巴利原文
Na vissaseti gāthā devadattaṃ saddahitvā tassa diṭṭhiṃ rocetvā ṭhite vajjiputtake ārabbha vuttā. Tattha na vissaseti vissaṭṭho na bhaveyya, na saddaheyyāti attho. Ekatiyesūti ekaccesu anavaṭṭhitasabhāvesu puthujjanesu. Evanti yathā tumhe ‘‘devadatto sammā paṭipanno’’ti vissāsaṃ āpajjittha, evaṃ. Agārisūti gahaṭṭhesu. Sādhūpi hutvānāti yasmā puthujjanabhāvo nāma assapiṭṭhe ṭhapitakumbhaṇḍaṃ viya thusarāsimhi nikhātakhāṇukaṃ viya ca anavaṭṭhito, tasmā ekacce ādito sādhū hutvā ṭhitāpi pacchā asādhū honti. Yathā devadatto pubbe sīlasampanno abhiññāsamāpattilābhī hutvā lābhasakkārapakato idāni parihīnaviseso chinnapakkhakāko viya āpāyiko jāto. Tasmā tādiso diṭṭhamattena ‘‘sādhū’’ti na vissāsitabbo. Ekacce pana kalyāṇamittasaṃsaggābhāvena ādito asādhū hutvāpi pacchā kalyāṇasaṃsaggena sādhū hontiyeva, tasmā devadattasadise sādhupatirūpe ‘‘sādhū’’ti na vissāseyyāti attho.
为了说明那些贪欲等内心杂染尚未断除的人是不善者,而已经断除这些杂染的人才是善者,佛陀说了“贪欲……”这首偈颂。随后,为了进一步显示那种不共凡俗、达到极致的善的特征,他又说了“若于受恭敬时……”等两首偈颂。显示巴利原文
Yesaṃ kāmacchandādayo cittupakkilesā avigatā, te asādhū. Yesaṃ te vigatā, te sādhūti dassetuṃ ‘‘kāmacchando’’ti gāthaṃ vatvā asādhāraṇato ukkaṃsagataṃ sādhulakkhaṇaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘yassa sakkariyamānassā’’tiādinā gāthādvayaṃ vuttaṃ.
为了显示那种不共凡俗、达于顶点的善者之相,导师便以自身为例,宣说了“犹如大海……”等偈颂。其中,“大海”指此广大海洋,“大地”与岩石山,以及依东西等方位而分的“风”,皆因自身无心,故只是承受可爱与不可爱之境,并非依于观照智慧而承受。然而,佛陀因证得阿拉汉果,住于最上的如如不动中,于可爱等一切境界皆完全平等,不起任何反应。因此,佛陀那最殊胜的解脱——亦即最上果位的解脱,这些大海之类的譬喻远不能与它相提并论,不及它的千万分之一。显示巴利原文
Asādhāraṇato pana ukkaṃsagataṃ taṃ dassetuṃ satthāraṃ attānañca udāharanto ‘‘mahāsamuddo’’tiādikā gāthā abhāsi. Tattha mahāsamuddoti ayaṃ mahāsamuddo, mahāpathavī selo pabbato, puratthimādibhedato anilo ca attano acetanābhāvena iṭṭhāniṭṭhaṃ sahanti, na paṭisaṅkhānabalena, satthā pana yassā arahattuppattiyā vasena uttame tādibhāve ṭhito iṭṭhādīsu sabbattha samo nibbikāro, tassā satthu varavimuttiyā aggaphalavimuttiyā te mahāsamuddādayo upamāya upamābhāvena na yujjanti kalabhāgampi na upentīti attho.
“随转法轮者”是指随顺佛陀所转法轮而行者。“长老”是因具足无学阶位的戒蕴等功德而成为长老。“大智者”指拥有大智慧者。“心入定者”指通过近行定、安止定与无上定而令心安住者。“如同地、水、火”是指当可爱等所缘汇聚时,因其内心毫不动摇,故行相与地、水、火相似。因此说:“他不染着,也不嗔怒。”显示巴利原文
Cakkānuvattakoti satthārā vattitassa dhammacakkassa anuvattako. Theroti asekkhehi sīlakkhandhādīhi samannāgamena thero. Mahāñāṇīti mahāpañño. Samāhitoti upacārappanāsamādhinā anuttarasamādhinā ca samāhito. Paṭhavāpaggisamānoti iṭṭhādiārammaṇasannipāte nibbikāratāya pathaviyā āpena agginā ca sadisavuttiko. Tenāha ‘‘na rajjati na dussatī’’ti.
“已达慧波罗蜜”指已达声闻智慧之究竟、彼岸与边际。“大觉者”指具足广大、广博、喜悦、迅捷、锐利、通达之智慧者。“大慧者”指具足能随顺法理而了悟的广大理趣把握之智者。因为那些智慧的分类,有四种、十六种、四十四种乃至七十三种,而这位大长老已完全证得,无有遗漏,故在殊胜差别相上,他完全堪称为“大觉者”,实至名归。正如世尊所说:显示巴利原文
Paññāpāramitaṃ pattoti sāvakañāṇassa pāramiṃ pārakoṭiṃ patto. Mahābuddhīti mahāputhuhāsajavanatikkhanibbedhikabhāvappattāya mahatiyā buddhiyā paññāya samannāgato. Mahāmatīti dhammanvayaveditasaṅkhātāya mahatiyā nayaggāhamatiyā samannāgato. Ye hi te catubbidhā, soḷasavidhā, catucattālīsavidhā, tesattatividhā ca paññappabhedā. Tesaṃ sabbaso anavasesānaṃ adhigatattā mahāpaññatā divisesayogato ca ayaṃ mahāthero sātisayaṃ ‘‘mahābuddhī’’ti vattabbataṃ arahati. Yathāha bhagavā –
诸比丘,舍利弗是贤者、大慧者、广慧者、喜慧者、速慧者、利慧者、决慧者。(中部 3.93)显示巴利原文
‘‘Paṇḍito, bhikkhave, sāriputto; mahāpañño, bhikkhave, sāriputto; puthupañño, bhikkhave, sāriputto; hāsapañño, bhikkhave, sāriputto; javanapañño, bhikkhave, sāriputto; tikkhapañño, bhikkhave, sāriputto; nibbedhikapañño, bhikkhave, sāriputto’’tiādi (ma. ni. 3.93).
在此,这是对“贤者”等品质的分别解说。由这四种原因而成为贤者:于界的善巧、于处的善巧、于缘起的善巧、于处非处的善巧。以下圣典文句显示了大慧等的分别——显示巴利原文
Tatthāyaṃ paṇḍitabhāvādīnaṃ vibhāgavibhāvanā. Dhātukusalatā, āyatanakusalatā, paṭiccasamuppādakusalatā, ṭhānāṭṭhānakusalatāti imehi catūhi kāraṇehi paṇḍito. Mahāpaññatādīnaṃ vibhāgadassane ayaṃ pāḷi –
“什么是大慧?了知广大义理,故为大慧;了知广大诸法,故为大慧;了知广大词句,故为大慧;了知广大无碍解,故为大慧;了知广大戒蕴,故为大慧;了知广大定蕴,故为大慧;了知广大慧蕴,故为大慧;了知广大解脱蕴,故为大慧;了知广大解脱知见蕴,故为大慧;了知广大处非处,故为大慧;了知广大住等至,故为大慧;了知广大圣谛,故为大慧;了知广大念处,故为大慧;了知广大正勤,故为大慧;了知广大如意足,故为大慧;了知广大根,故为大慧;了知广大力,故为大慧;了知广大觉支,故为大慧;了知广大圣道,故为大慧;了知广大沙门果,故为大慧;了知广大神通,故为大慧;了知广大最上义——涅槃,故为大慧。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Katamā mahāpaññā? Mahante atthe pariggaṇhātīti mahāpaññā, mahante dhamme pariggaṇhātīti mahāpaññā, mahantā niruttiyo pariggaṇhātīti mahāpaññā, mahantāni paṭibhānāni pariggaṇhātīti mahāpaññā, mahante sīlakkhandhe pariggaṇhātīti mahāpaññā, mahante samādhikkhandhe pariggaṇhātīti mahāpaññā, mahante paññākkhandhe pariggaṇhātīti mahāpaññā, mahante vimuttikkhandhe pariggaṇhātīti mahāpaññā, mahante vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe pariggaṇhātīti mahāpaññā, mahantāni ṭhānāṭṭhānāni pariggaṇhātīti mahāpaññā, mahantā vihārasamāpattiyo pariggaṇhātīti mahāpaññā, mahantāni ariyasaccāni pariggaṇhātīti mahāpaññā, mahante satipaṭṭhāne pariggaṇhātīti mahāpaññā, mahante sammappadhāne pariggaṇhātīti mahāpaññā, mahante iddhipāde pariggaṇhātīti mahāpaññā, mahantāni indriyāni pariggaṇhātīti mahāpaññā, mahantāni balāni pariggaṇhātīti mahāpaññā, mahante bojjhaṅge pariggaṇhātīti mahāpaññā, mahante ariyamagge pariggaṇhātīti mahāpaññā, mahantāni sāmaññaphalāni pariggaṇhātīti mahāpaññā, mahantā abhiññāyo pariggaṇhātīti mahāpaññā, mahantaṃ paramatthaṃ nibbānaṃ pariggaṇhātīti mahāpaññā.
什么是广慧?智慧于种种不同的蕴中运转生起,故称广慧;智慧于种种不同的界中运转生起,故称广慧;智慧于种种不同的处中运转生起,故称广慧;智慧于种种不同的缘起中运转生起,故称广慧;智慧于种种不同的空与无所得中运转生起,故称广慧;智慧于种种不同的义理中运转生起,故称广慧;智慧于种种不同的法中运转生起,故称广慧;智慧于种种不同的词句中运转生起,故称广慧;智慧于种种不同的无碍解中运转生起,故称广慧;智慧于种种不同的圣戒蕴中运转生起,故称广慧;智慧于种种不同的圣定蕴中运转生起,故称广慧;智慧于种种不同的圣慧蕴中运转生起,故称广慧;智慧于种种不同的解脱蕴中运转生起,故称广慧;智慧于种种不同的解脱知见蕴中运转生起,故称广慧;智慧于种种不同的处非处中运转生起,故称广慧;智慧于种种不同的住等至上中运转生起,故称广慧;智慧于种种不同的圣谛中运转生起,故称广慧;智慧于种种不同的念处中运转生起,故称广慧。显示巴利原文
‘‘Katamā puthupaññā? Puthunānākhandhesu ñāṇaṃ pavattatīti puthupaññā , puthunānādhātūsu ñāṇaṃ pavattatīti puthupaññā, puthunānāāyatanesu ñāṇaṃ pavattatīti puthupaññā, puthunānāpaṭiccasamuppādesu ñāṇaṃ pavattatīti puthupaññā, puthunānāsuññatamanupalabbhesu ñāṇaṃ pavattatīti puthupaññā, puthunānāatthesu ñāṇaṃ pavattatīti puthupaññā, puthunānādhammesu ñāṇaṃ pavattatīti puthupaññā, puthunānāniruttīsu ñāṇaṃ pavattatīti puthupaññā, puthunānāpaṭibhānesu ñāṇaṃ pavattatīti puthupaññā, puthunānāsīlakkhandhesu ñāṇaṃ pavattatīti puthupaññā, puthunānāsamādhikkhandhesu ñāṇaṃ pavattatīti puthupaññā, puthunānāpaññākkhandhesu ñāṇaṃ pavattatīti puthupaññā, puthunānāvimuttikkhandhesu ñāṇaṃ pavattatīti puthupaññā, puthunānāvimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhesu ñāṇaṃ pavattatīti puthupaññā, puthunānāṭhānāṭṭhānesu ñāṇaṃ pavattatīti puthupaññā, puthunānāvihārasamāpattīsu ñāṇaṃ pavattatīti puthupaññā, puthunānāariyasaccesu ñāṇaṃ pavattatīti puthupaññā, puthunānāsatipaṭṭhānesu ñāṇaṃ pavattatīti puthupaññā, puthunānāsammappadhānesu ñāṇaṃ pavattatīti puthupaññā, puthunānāiddhipādesu ñāṇaṃ pavattatīti puthupaññā, puthunānāindriyesu ñāṇaṃ pavattatīti puthupaññā, puthunānābalesu ñāṇaṃ pavattatīti puthupaññā, puthunānābojjhaṅgesu ñāṇaṃ pavattatīti puthupaññā, puthunānāariyamaggesu ñāṇaṃ pavattatīti puthupaññā, puthunānāsāmaññaphalesu ñāṇaṃ pavattatīti puthupaññā, puthunānāabhiññāsu ñāṇaṃ pavattatīti puthupaññā, puthujjanasādhāraṇe dhamme atikkamma paramatthe nibbāne ñāṇaṃ pavattatīti puthupaññā.
什么是悦慧?于此,有一类人充满喜悦、充满欣喜、充满满足、充满踊跃,以此圆满诸戒,此即悦慧;充满喜悦、充满欣喜、充满满足、充满踊跃,以此圆满根律仪,此即悦慧;充满喜悦、充满欣喜、充满满足、充满踊跃,以此圆满饮食知量,此即悦慧;充满喜悦、充满欣喜、充满满足、充满踊跃,以此圆满警寤勤修,此即悦慧;充满喜悦、充满欣喜、充满满足、充满踊跃,以此圆满戒蕴……定蕴、慧蕴、解脱蕴、解脱知见蕴,此即悦慧;圆满住等至,此即悦慧;通达圣谛,此即悦慧;修习念处,此即悦慧;修习正勤,此即悦慧;修习神足,此即悦慧;修习根,此即悦慧;修习力,此即悦慧;修习觉支,此即悦慧;修习圣道……作证沙门果,此即悦慧;充满喜悦、充满欣喜、充满满足、充满踊跃,以此通达诸神通,此即悦慧;充满喜悦、充满欣喜、充满满足、充满踊跃,以此作证第一义涅槃,此即悦慧。显示巴利原文
‘‘Katamā hāsapaññā? Idhekacco hāsabahulo vedabahulo tuṭṭhibahulo pāmojjabahulo sīlāni paripūretīti hāsapaññā, hāsabahulo…pe… pāmojjabahulo indriyasaṃvaraṃ paripūretīti hāsapaññā, hāsabahulo…pe… pāmojjabahulo bhojane mattaññutaṃ paripūretīti hāsapaññā, hāsabahulo…pe… pāmojjabahulo jāgariyānuyogaṃ paripūretīti hāsapaññā, hāsabahulo…pe… pāmojjabahulo sīlakkhandhaṃ…pe… samādhikkhandhaṃ, paññākkhandhaṃ, vimuttikkhandhaṃ, vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhaṃ paripūretīti…pe… paṭivijjhatīti. Vihārasamāpattiyo paripūretīti, ariyasaccāni paṭivijjhatīti, satipaṭṭhāne bhāvetīti, sammappadhāne bhāvetīti, iddhipāde bhāvetīti, indriyāni bhāvetīti, balāni bhāvetīti, bojjhaṅge bhāvetīti, ariyamaggaṃ bhāvetīti…pe… sāmaññaphalāni sacchikarotīti hāsapaññā, hāsabahulo vedabahulo tuṭṭhibahulo pāmojjabahulo abhiññāyo paṭivijjhatīti hāsapaññā; hāsabahulo vedabahulo tuṭṭhibahulo pāmojjabahulo paramatthaṃ nibbānaṃ sacchikarotīti hāsapaññā.
什么是速疾慧?对于任何色,无论是过去、未来、现在……或远或近的一切色,以无常而疾速通达,故称速疾慧;以苦而疾速通达,故称速疾慧;以无我而疾速通达,故称速疾慧。对于任何受……任何识,无论是过去、未来、现在……一切识,以无常而疾速通达,故称速疾慧;以苦而疾速通达,故称速疾慧;以无我而疾速通达,故称速疾慧。对于眼……乃至老死,无论是过去、未来、现在,以无常而疾速通达,故称速疾慧;以苦而疾速通达,故称速疾慧;以无我而疾速通达,故称速疾慧。显示巴利原文
‘‘Katamā javanapaññā? Yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ…pe… yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ rūpaṃ aniccato khippaṃ javatīti javanapaññā, dukkhato khippaṃ javatīti javanapaññā, anattato khippaṃ javatīti javanapaññā; yā kāci vedanā…pe… yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ…pe… sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ aniccato khippaṃ javatīti javanapaññā, dukkhato khippaṃ javatīti javanapaññā, anattato khippaṃ javatīti javanapaññā. Cakkhu…pe… jarāmaraṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ, aniccato khippaṃ javatīti javanapaññā, dukkhato khippaṃ javatīti javanapaññā, anattato khippaṃ javatīti javanapaññā.
对于过去、未来、现在的色,以灭尽义为无常,以怖畏义为苦,以无坚实义为无我,如此衡量、审察、明了、令其显了之后,于色灭尽的涅槃中迅速运行,这称为速疾慧。……对于受……对于想……对于诸行……对于识……对于眼……乃至老死,无论是过去、未来、现在的,以灭尽义为无常,以怖畏义为苦,以无坚实义为无我,如此衡量、审察、明了、令其显了之后,于老死灭尽的涅槃中迅速运行,这称为速疾慧。显示巴利原文
‘‘Rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ aniccaṃ khayaṭṭhena, dukkhaṃ bhayaṭṭhena, anattā asārakaṭṭhenāti tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā rūpanirodhe nibbāne khippaṃ javatīti javanapaññā…pe… vedanā…pe… saññā… saṅkhārā… viññāṇaṃ… cakkhu…pe… jarāmaraṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ aniccaṃ khayaṭṭhena, dukkhaṃ bhayaṭṭhena, anattā asārakaṭṭhenāti tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā jarāmaraṇanirodhe nibbāne khippaṃ javatīti javanapaññā.
对于过去、未来、现在的色,是无常、有为、缘生、灭法、衰灭法、离染法、灭尽法,如此衡量、审察、明了、令其显了之后,于色灭尽的涅槃中迅速运行,这称为速疾慧。对于受……对于想……对于诸行……对于识……对于眼……乃至老死,无论是过去、未来、现在的,是无常、有为、缘生、灭法、衰灭法、离染法、灭尽法,如此衡量、审察、明了、令其显了之后,于老死灭尽的涅槃中迅速运行,这称为速疾慧。显示巴利原文
‘‘Rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ aniccaṃ saṅkhataṃ paṭiccasamuppannaṃ khayadhammaṃ vayadhammaṃ virāgadhammaṃ nirodhadhammanti tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā rūpanirodhe khippaṃ javatīti javanapaññā. Vedanā…pe… saññā… saṅkhārā… viññāṇaṃ… cakkhu…pe… jarāmaraṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ aniccaṃ saṅkhataṃ paṭiccasamuppannaṃ khayadhammaṃ vayadhammaṃ virāgadhammaṃ nirodhadhammanti tulayitvā tīrayitvā vibhāvayitvā vibhūtaṃ katvā jarāmaraṇanirodhe nibbāne khippaṃ javatīti javanapaññā.
什么是「锐利慧」?能迅速断除烦恼,这称为锐利慧。对于已生起的欲寻,不忍受、舍断、驱除、灭尽、令至无有,这称为锐利慧;对于已生起的嗔寻,不忍受、舍断、驱除、灭尽、令至无有,这称为锐利慧;对于已生起的害寻,不忍受……对于已生起的种种不善法,不忍受、舍断、驱除、灭尽、令至无有,这称为锐利慧;对于已生起的贪,不忍受、舍断、驱除、灭尽、令至无有,这称为锐利慧;对于已生起的嗔……对于已生起的痴……对于已生起的忿……对于已生起的恨……对于覆……对于恼……对于嫉……对于悭……对于谄……对于诳……对于傲……对于暴恶……对于慢……对于过慢……对于憍……对于放逸……对于一切烦恼……对于一切恶行……对于一切行……对于一切趣向有的业,不忍受、舍断、驱除、灭尽、令至无有,这称为锐利慧。能于一座上,以慧了知:四圣道、四沙门果、四无碍解、六神通,皆已证得、已作证、已触达,这称为锐利慧。显示巴利原文
‘‘Katamā tikkhapaññā? Khippaṃ kilese chindatīti tikkhapaññā, uppannaṃ kāmavitakkaṃ nādhivāseti pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gametīti tikkhapaññā; uppannaṃ byāpādavitakkaṃ nādhivāseti pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gametīti tikkhapaññā; uppannaṃ vihiṃsāvitakkaṃ nādhivāseti…pe… uppannuppanne pāpake akusale dhamme nādhivāseti pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gametīti tikkhapaññā; uppannaṃ rāgaṃ nādhivāseti pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gametīti tikkhapaññā; uppannaṃ dosaṃ…pe… uppannaṃ mohaṃ… uppannaṃ kodhaṃ… uppannaṃ upanāhaṃ… makkhaṃ… paḷāsaṃ… issaṃ… macchariyaṃ… māyaṃ… sāṭheyyaṃ… thambhaṃ… sārambhaṃ… mānaṃ… atimānaṃ… madaṃ… pamādaṃ… sabbe kilese… sabbe duccarite… sabbe abhisaṅkhāre…pe… sabbe bhavagāmikamme nādhivāseti pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gametīti tikkhapaññā. Ekasmiṃ āsane cattāro ca ariyamaggā, cattāri sāmaññaphalāni, catasso paṭisambhidāyo, cha abhiññāyo adhigatā honti sacchikatā phassitā paññāyāti tikkhapaññā.
什么是决择慧?在此,有一类人,于一切行中深生厌患、深生畏惧、深生嫌厌、深生不乐、深生不喜,心向外求,于诸行全无喜乐。他抉择、摧破那先前未被抉择、未被摧破的贪蕴,这称为决择慧;抉择、摧破那先前未被抉择、未被摧破的嗔蕴,这称为决择慧;抉择、摧破那先前未被抉择、未被摧破的痴蕴,这称为决择慧;抉择、摧破那先前未被抉择、未被摧破的忿怒……(中略)……抉择、摧破一切能导向‘有’的业,这称为决择慧。显示巴利原文
‘‘Katamā nibbedhikapaññā? Idhekacco sabbasaṅkhāresu ubbegabahulo hoti uttāsabahulo ukkaṇṭhanabahulo aratibahulo anabhiratibahulo bahimukho na ramati sabbasaṅkhāresu, anibbiddhapubbaṃ apadālitapubbaṃ lobhakkhandhaṃ nibbijjhati padāletīti nibbedhikapaññā, anibbiddhapubbaṃ apadālitapubbaṃ dosakkhandhaṃ nibbijjhati padāletīti nibbedhikapaññā, anibbiddhapubbaṃ apadālitapubbaṃ mohakkhandhaṃ nibbijjhati padāletīti nibbedhikapaññā; anibbiddhapubbaṃ apadālitapubbaṃ kodhaṃ…pe… upanāhaṃ…pe… sabbe bhavagāmikamme nibbijjhati padāletīti nibbedhikapaññā’’ti (paṭi. ma. 3.6-7).
由于具备了如上所述的广大智慧,因此被称为“大慧”。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ yathāvuttavibhāgāya mahatiyā paññāya samannāgatattā ‘‘mahābuddhī’’ti vuttaṃ.
此外,这位长老的大智慧,从“随法观”(anupadadhammavipassanā)的角度也可得知。诚如经中所说:显示巴利原文
Apica anupadadhammavipassanāvasenāpi imassa therassa mahāpaññatā veditabbā. Vuttañhetaṃ –
比丘们,舍利弗以半月修习随法观。比丘们,这便是舍利弗的随法观。显示巴利原文
‘‘Sāriputto, bhikkhave, aḍḍhamāsaṃ anupadadhammavipassanaṃ vipassati. Tatridaṃ, bhikkhave, sāriputtassa anupadadhammavipassanāya hoti.
比丘们,于此,舍利弗远离诸欲……乃至……具足初禅而住。在初禅中,那些法——寻、伺……乃至心一境性、触、受、想、思、心、欲、胜解、精进、念、舍、作意——这些法被他以随观一一确定;这些法被他清楚地了知而生起,清楚地了知而安住,清楚地了知而消失。他这样了知:‘如此,这些法先前没有,而后生起;生起之后,便又灭去。’他对那些法不贪著、不排斥、不依赖、不被束缚,解脱、脱离系缚,以无边际的心而住。他了知‘有更上的出离’,由于反复如此修习,对他而言,确实有那更上的出离。显示巴利原文
‘‘Idha, bhikkhave, sāriputto vivicceva kāmehi…pe… paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ye ca paṭhame jhāne dhammā vitakko ca…pe… cittekaggatā ca phasso vedanā saññā cetanā cittaṃ chando adhimokkho vīriyaṃ sati upekkhā manasikāro, tyāssa dhammā anupadavavatthitā honti, tyāssa dhammā viditā uppajjanti, viditā upaṭṭhahanti, viditā abbhatthaṃ gacchanti. So evaṃ pajānāti ‘evaṃ kira me dhammā ahutvā sambhonti, hutvā paṭiventī’ti. So tesu dhammesu anupāyo anapāyo anissito appaṭibaddho vippamutto visaṃyutto vimariyādīkatena cetasā viharati. So ‘atthi uttari nissaraṇa’nti pajānāti. Tabbahulīkārā atthitvevassa hoti.
再者,比丘们,舍利弗以寻与伺的止息……乃至……具足第二禅那而住,具足第三禅那而住,具足第四禅那而住。他具足空无边处而住,具足识无边处而住,具足无所有处而住,完全超越无所有处之后,具足非想非非想处而住。他从他们至中正念出定,从他们至中正念出定后,观察那些已过去、已灭去、已变易的法:‘如此,这些法先前没有,而后生起;生起之后,便又灭去。’他对那些法不贪著、不排斥、不依赖、不被束缚,解脱、脱离系缚,以无边际的心而住。他了知‘有更上的出离’,由于反复如此修习,对他而言,确实有那更上的出离。显示巴利原文
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sāriputto vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā…pe… dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ… tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ… viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ… ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ… sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. So tāya samāpattiyā sato vuṭṭhahati, so tāya samāpattiyā sato vuṭṭhahitvā ye dhammā atītā niruddhā vipariṇatā, te dhamme samanupassati ‘‘evaṃ kira me dhammā ahutvā sambhonti, hutvā paṭiventī’’ti. So tesu dhammesu anupāyo anapāyo anissito appaṭibaddho vippamutto visaṃyutto vimariyādīkatena cetasā viharati. So ‘atthi uttari nissaraṇa’nti pajānāti. Tabbahulīkārā atthitvevassa hoti.
再者,比丘们,舍利弗完全超越非想非非想处之后,具足想受灭而住。他以智慧照见后,诸漏完全灭尽。他从那种等至中正念出定,出定之后,观察那些已过去、已灭去、已变易的法,了知:‘这些法前无而有,有已即灭。’他对那些法不贪着、不排斥、不依赖、不被系缚,得解脱、离系着,以无边际之心而住。他了知:‘无有更上的出离。’由于反复修习,对他来说,确实没有更上的出离了。显示巴利原文
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sāriputto sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati. Paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. So tāya samāpattiyā sato vuṭṭhahati, so tāya samāpattiyā sato vuṭṭhahitvā ye dhammā atītā niruddhā vipariṇatā, te dhamme samanupassati ‘evaṃ kira me dhammā ahutvā sambhonti, hutvā paṭiventī’ti. So tesu dhammesu anupāyo anapāyo anissito appaṭibaddho vippamutto visaṃyutto vimariyādīkatena cetasā viharati, so ‘natthi uttari nissaraṇa’nti pajānāti. Tabbahulīkārā natthitvevassa hoti.
比丘们,若有人要正确地宣说,他便应当这样说:‘于圣戒得自在、达彼岸者,于圣定得自在、达彼岸者,于圣慧得自在、达彼岸者,于圣解脱得自在、达彼岸者。’这所说的正是舍利弗,若有人要正确地宣说,便应如此说。显示巴利原文
‘‘Yaṃ kho taṃ, bhikkhave, sammā vadamāno vadeyya ‘vasippatto pāramippatto ariyasmiṃ sīlasmiṃ, vasippatto pāramippatto ariyasmiṃ samādhismiṃ, vasippatto pāramippatto ariyāya paññāya, vasippatto pāramippatto ariyāya vimuttiyā’ti. Sāriputtamevetaṃ sammā vadamāno vadeyyā’’ti (ma. ni. 3.93-97).
因此,因成就了这广大、迅捷、锐利、能抉择的大智慧,长老被称为‘大慧’,这就是其含义。而他的随法慧,应借助《欢喜经》(《长部》)来阐明。在那部经中,所述长老推理论证的理趣正与一切知智相似。至于‘不愚而似愚’:在声闻弟子中,他的智慧达到最顶,绝非凡愚;但由于极度的少欲,他将自己表现为仿佛不识己能,外相犹如迟拙之人。他断尽烦恼之热,清凉、寂静,恒常如此安住。这就是其含义。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ mahāputhuhāsajavanatikkhanibbedhikabhāvappattāya mahatiyā buddhiyā samannāgatattā thero mahābuddhīti attho. Dhammanvayaveditā panassa sampasādanīyasuttena (dī. ni. 3.141 ādayo) dīpetabbā. Tattha hi sabbaññutaññāṇasadiso therassa nayaggāho vutto. Ajaḷo jaḷasamānoti sāvakesu paññāya ukkaṃsagatattā sabbathāpi ajaḷo samāno paramappicchatāya attānaṃ ajānantaṃ viya katvā, dassanena jaḷasadiso mandasarikkho kilesapariḷāhābhāvena nibbuto sītibhūto sadā carati niccaṃ viharatīti attho.
「已奉行」等偈颂,是长老为表明自己已尽应作而说,其义即如前述。显示巴利原文
Pariciṇṇoti gāthā therena attano katakiccataṃ pakāsentena bhāsitā, sāpi vuttatthāyeva.
「以不放逸而成就吧」这一句,是长老于般涅槃时,为聚集的比丘众作教诫而说,其含义与前文相同。显示巴利原文
Sampādethappamādenāti ayaṃ pana attano parinibbānakāle sannipatitānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ovādadānavasena bhāsitā. Sāpi vuttatthāyevāti.
《阿难长老偈》注释显示巴利原文
3. Ānandattheragāthāvaṇṇanā
「离间者与易怒者」等偈颂,是尊者阿难所说。其因缘为何?这位长老在过去诸佛前亦曾广积善行。于莲花上佛时,他生于汉舍卫城,为佛陀同父异母之弟,名善意童子。其父名为阿难王。当善意童子成年后,阿难王将汉舍卫城以北一百由旬处的财富城赐予他。他偶尔回来探望父王及导师。那时,国王亲自恭敬承事供养佛陀及十万比丘僧众,不许他人代为供养。显示巴利原文
Pisuṇenaca kodhanenātiādikā āyasmato ānandattherassa gāthā. Kā uppatti? Ayampi purimabuddhesu katādhikāro padumuttarassa bhagavato kāle haṃsavatīnagare satthu vemātikabhātā hutvā nibbatti, sumanotissa nāmaṃ ahosi. Pitā panassa ānandarājā nāma. So attano puttassa sumanakumārassa vayappattassa haṃsavatito vīsayojanasate ṭhāne bhoganagaraṃ adāsi. So kadāci kadāci āgantvā attānañca pitarañca passati. Tadā rājā satthārañca satasahassaparimāṇaṃ bhikkhusaṅghañca sayameva sakkaccaṃ upaṭṭhahi, aññesaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ na deti.
那时,边境发生叛乱。王子没有禀告国王,便亲自前去平息了事态。国王听闻此事,满心欢喜,召来王子说:‘孩子,我要给你一份赏赐,你提出心愿吧。’王子说:‘我想在三个月中承事供养导师与比丘僧团,使生命不致空过。’国王说:‘这事我做不到,你另选一个心愿。’王子说:‘大王,刹帝利从无出尔反尔之说。请您但赐此愿,我别无所求。’国王说:‘若导师应允,便如我已赐予你。’王子听后心想:‘我当前去探询导师的心意。’便前往精舍。显示巴利原文
Tena samayena paccanto kupito ahosi. Kumāro tassa kupitabhāvaṃ rañño anārocetvā sayameva taṃ vūpasameti. Taṃ sutvā rājā tuṭṭhamānaso puttaṃ pakkosāpetvā ‘‘varaṃ te, tāta dammi, varaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti āha. Kumāro ‘‘satthāraṃ bhikkhusaṅghañca temāsaṃ upaṭṭhahanto jīvitaṃ avañjhaṃ kātuṃ icchāmī’’ti āha. ‘‘Etaṃ na sakkā, aññaṃ vadehī’’ti. ‘‘Deva, khattiyānaṃ dvekathā nāma natthi, etadeva me dehi, na mayhaṃ aññena attho’’ti. ‘‘Sace satthā anujānāti, dinnamevā’’ti. So ‘‘satthu cittaṃ jānissāmī’’ti vihāraṃ gato.
那时,世尊刚刚结束斋饭,进入了香室。王子来到比丘们近前,请求道:‘尊者,我为拜见世尊而来,请让我面见世尊。’比丘们说:‘有一位名为善意的长老是导师的侍者,你去找他吧。’王子便前往长老处,顶礼后请求道:‘尊者,请让我拜见导师。’于是,长老就在王子面前沉入大地,来到导师跟前禀告:‘世尊,王子前来拜见您了。’世尊说:‘既然如此,比丘,就在外面铺设一个座位吧。’长老又在王子面前,端起佛座,沉入香室之内,随即又出现在外庭院,在香室的庭院里铺设了座位。王子目睹此景,心中生起念头:‘这位比丘真是有大威神力啊!’显示巴利原文
Tena ca samayena bhagavā bhattakiccaṃ niṭṭhāpetvā gandhakuṭiṃ paviṭṭho hoti. So bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ dassanāya āgato, dassetha me bhagavanta’’nti āha. Bhikkhū ‘‘sumano nāma thero satthu upaṭṭhāko, tassa santikaṃ gacchāhī’’ti āhaṃsu. So therassa santikaṃ gantvā vanditvā ‘‘satthāraṃ, bhante, me dassethā’’ti āha. Atha thero tassa passantasseva pathaviyaṃ nimujjitvā satthāraṃ upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘bhante, rājaputto tumhākaṃ dassanāya āgato’’ti āha. ‘‘Tena hi, bhikkhu, bahi āsanaṃ paññāpehī’’ti. Thero punapi tassa passantasseva buddhāsanaṃ gahetvā antogandhakuṭiyaṃ nimujjitvā bahipariveṇe pātubhavitvā gandhakuṭipariveṇe āsanaṃ paññāpesi. Kumāro taṃ disvā ‘‘mahanto vatāyaṃ bhikkhū’’ti cittaṃ uppādesi.
世尊也从香室出来,坐在铺设好的座位上。王子顶礼导师、寒暄问候之后,问道:‘尊者,这位长老在您的教法中,似乎是一位亲近的人吧?’‘是的,王子,他是亲近的人。’‘他做了什么,尊者,才成为这等亲近之人呢?’‘他行持了布施等种种善业。’王子说:‘世尊,我也想在未来像这位长老一样,成为佛陀教法中亲近之人。’于是,他做了名为‘军队饭食’的七日供养。到了第七天,王子说道:‘尊者,我已得到父王许可,可以实现招待您与僧团三个月的愿望。请您接受我三个月的雨安居。’世尊观察后,见到‘此行确实会有利益’,便说:‘王子,如来乐于安住空闲寂静之处。’王子明白世尊已经默许,便说:‘世尊已知,善逝已明。尊者,我先行一步去建造精舍。待我派人来迎请时,恳请您与十万比丘一同前来。’得到佛陀默许后,他回到父王身边,说:‘大王,世尊已经默许了。等我派人来请时,恳请您护送世尊前来。’他向父王行礼后便启程了。他每隔一由旬建一座精舍,走完了这整整一百由旬的路程。到达之后,他在自己的都城中寻找适合建精舍的场所,见到一位名为庄严的富翁的园林,便用十万显示巴利原文
Bhagavāpi gandhakuṭito nikkhamitvā paññattāsane nisīdi. Rājaputto satthāraṃ vanditvā, paṭisanthāraṃ katvā, ayaṃ, bhante, thero tumhākaṃ sāsane vallabho maññeti. ‘‘Āma kumāra, vallabho’’ti? ‘‘Kiṃ katvā, bhante, esa vallabho hotī’’ti?‘‘Dānādīni puññāni katvā’’ti. ‘‘Bhagavā , ahampi ayaṃ thero viya anāgate buddhasāsane vallabho hotukāmo’’ti satthāhaṃ khandhāvārabhattaṃ nāma datvāpi sattame divase, bhante, mayā pitu santikā temāsaṃ tumhākaṃ paṭijagganavaro laddho, temāsaṃ me vassāvāsaṃ adhivāsethāti. Bhagavā, ‘‘atthi nu kho tattha gatena attho’’ti oloketvā ‘‘atthī’’ti disvā ‘‘suññāgāre kho, kumāra, tathāgatā abhiramantī’’ti āha. Kumāro ‘‘aññātaṃ bhagavā, aññātaṃ sugatā’’ti vatvā ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, purimataraṃ gantvā vihāraṃ kāremi, mayā pesite bhikkhusatasahassena saddhiṃ āgacchathā’’ti paṭiññaṃ gahetvā pitu santikaṃ gantvā ‘‘dinnā me, deva, bhagavatā paṭiññā, mayā pahite bhagavantaṃ peseyyāthā’’ti pitaraṃ vanditvā, nikkhamitvā yojane yojane vihāraṃ karonto vīsayojanasataṃ addhānaṃ gato. Gantvā ca attano nagare vihāraṭṭhānaṃ vicinanto sobhanassa nāma kuṭumbikassa uyyānaṃ disvā satasahassena kiṇitvā satasahassaṃ vissajjetvā vihāraṃ kāresi. Tattha bhagavato gandhakuṭiṃ sesabhikkhūnañca rattiṭṭhānadivāṭṭhānatthāya kuṭileṇamaṇḍape kāretvā pākāraparikkhepaṃ dvārakoṭṭhakañca niṭṭhāpetvā pitu santikaṃ pesesi ‘‘niṭṭhitaṃ mayhaṃ kiccaṃ, satthāraṃ pahiṇathā’’ti.
国王供养世尊饮食后,说道:“世尊,善意所托之事已经办妥,他正期待着您的到来。”于是,世尊由十万比丘众围绕,在沿途每隔一由旬所建的精舍中安住,一路前行。王子听闻“导师来了”,便出迎一由旬,以香与花鬘等恭敬供养,将世尊迎入他以十万金币购得、又花费十万金币建造的庄严园林中。显示巴利原文
Rājā bhagavantaṃ bhojetvā ‘‘bhagavā sumanassa kiccaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ, tumhākaṃ gamanaṃ paccāsīsatī’’ti āha. Bhagavā satasahassabhikkhuparivuto yojane yojane vihāresu vasamāno agamāsi. Kumāro ‘‘satthā āgacchatī’’ti sutvā yojanaṃ paccuggantvā gandhamālādīhi pūjayamāno satasahassena kīte sobhane nāma uyyāne satasahassena kāritaṃ vihāraṃ pavesetvā –
“我以十万金币购得,又以十万金币建造,
这座名为庄严的园林,请大牟尼接受吧!”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Satasahassena me kītaṃ, satasahassena māpitaṃ; Sobhanaṃ nāma uyyānaṃ, paṭiggaṇha mahāmunī’’ti. –
他将精舍奉献给了佛陀。在入雨安居的当天,他举办了一场大布施,然后叮嘱儿子、妻子、大臣和侍从们:‘你们应以同样的方式继续布施。’之后,他便住到善意长老的住处附近,在三个月中侍奉导师。临近自恣时,他进入村落,举办了七日的大布施。第七天,他将三衣置于导师与十万比丘的足前,顶礼后发愿说:‘尊者!从举办七日营帐施以来,我所累积的这些功德,并非为了天界的成就等目的,只愿我在未来能像这位善意长老一样,成为佛陀的侍者。’导师见到他没有障碍,便为他授记,随后离去。显示巴利原文
Taṃ niyyādesi. So vassūpanāyikadivase mahādānaṃ pavattetvā ‘‘imināva nīhārena dānaṃ dadeyyāthā’’ti puttadāre amacce ca kiccakaraṇīyesu ca niyojetvā sayaṃ sumanattherassa vasanaṭṭhānasamīpeyeva vasanto temāsaṃ satthāraṃ upaṭṭhahanto upakaṭṭhāya pavāraṇāya gāmaṃ pavisitvā sattāhaṃ mahādānaṃ pavattetvā sattame divase satthu bhikkhusatasahassassa ca pādamūle ticīvarāni ṭhapetvā vanditvā, ‘‘bhante, yadetaṃ mayā sattāhaṃ khandhāvāradānato paṭṭhāya puññaṃ kataṃ, na taṃ saggasampattiādīnaṃ atthāya, atha kho ahaṃ ayaṃ sumanatthero viya anāgate ekassa buddhassa upaṭṭhāko bhaveyya’’nti paṇidhānaṃ akāsi. Satthāpissa anantarāyataṃ disvā byākaritvā pakkāmi.
在那位佛陀出世时,他在十万年中累积功德,此后更于种种生处积集广大的福业,在天界与人间流转。在迦叶世尊的时代,他为一位入村乞食的长老接取钵盂,供养了一件上衣。之后他转生天界,从天界死后投生为波罗奈王。他见到八位独觉佛,供养他们饮食,在自己的吉祥园中建造八座叶屋,为他们准备了八张各种宝石所成的座椅以及珠宝踏脚凳,在一万年间恭敬侍奉。这些都是广为人知的事迹。显示巴利原文
Sopi tasmiṃ buddhuppāde vassasatasahassaṃ puññāni katvā tato parampi tattha tattha bhave uḷārāni puññakammāni upacinitvā devamanussesu saṃsaranto kassapassa bhagavato kāle piṇḍāya carato ekassa therassa pattaggahaṇatthaṃ uttarasāṭakaṃ datvā pūjaṃ akāsi. Puna sagge nibbattitvā tato cuto bārāṇasirājā hutvā aṭṭha paccekabuddhe disvā te bhojetvā attano maṅgaluyyāne aṭṭha paṇṇasālāyo kāretvā tesaṃ nisīdanatthāya aṭṭha sabbaratanamayapīṭhe ceva maṇiādhārake ca paṭiyādetvā dasavassasahassāni upaṭṭhānaṃ akāsi. Etāni pākaṭaṭṭhānāni.
而在十万大劫之中,他于各趣生处累积功德,后与我们的菩萨一同投生兜率天,从那里死后,降生在甘露饭王的家中。他一出生便令所有亲戚充满欢喜,因此被取名为‘阿难’(意为‘欢喜’)。他逐渐长大成人。当世尊证得正等觉、转动无上法轮后,来到迦毗罗卫。世尊从那里离去时,阿难便与拔提等释迦王子,以及那些为了随侍世尊而出家的人一同出家。在世尊座下出家后不久,他从尊者富楼那·满慈子那里听闻佛法开示,证得了入流果。显示巴利原文
Kappasatasahassaṃ pana tattha tattha bhave puññāni karontova amhākaṃ bodhisattena saddhiṃ tusitapure nibbattitvā tato cuto amitodanasakkassa gehe nibbatti. Tassa sabbe ñātake ānandite karonto jātoti ānandotveva nāmaṃ ahosi. So anukkamena vayappatto katābhinikkhamane sammāsambodhiṃ patvā pavattitavaradhammacakke paṭhamaṃ kapilavatthuṃ gantvā tato nikkhante bhagavati tassa parivāratthaṃ pabbajituṃ nikkhantehi bhaddiyādīhi saddhiṃ nikkhamitvā bhagavato santike pabbajitvā nacirasseva āyasmato puṇṇassa mantāṇiputtassa santike dhammakathaṃ sutvā sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahi.
那时,世尊成道后最初二十年,并无固定的侍者。有时由龙萨马拉比丘持衣钵随侍,有时是那耆多,有时是优波摩,有时是善星,有时是沙弥准陀,有时是萨嘎达,有时是弥醯。他们大多不能令导师称心。一日,世尊坐于香室精舍中铺设的殊胜佛座上,为比丘僧团所围绕,对比丘们说:“诸比丘,我今已老迈。有些比丘,当我指示‘我们走这条路’时,却走了另一条路;有些人把我的衣钵丢在地上。你们替我找一位固定的侍者比丘吧。”比丘们听到这话,于法生起悚惧。这时,尊者舍利弗从座而起,顶礼世尊后说:“尊者!请让我来侍奉您吧。”却被世尊拒绝。接着,以大目犍连为首,所有大弟子们纷纷起立请求:“我来侍奉!我来侍奉!”唯独尊者阿难默然不语。世尊一一拒绝了他们。阿难始终默坐。于是比丘们对他说:“贤友,你也去请求担任导师的侍者吧!”阿难心想:“通过恳求而得的职位,算得了什么?若世尊觉得合适,自会开口。”随即,世尊说道:“诸比丘,不必催促阿难,他自然知道如何侍奉我。”于是比丘们对阿难说:“起来吧!”显示巴利原文
Tena ca samayena bhagavato paṭhamabodhiyaṃ vīsativassāni anibaddhaupaṭṭhākā ahesuṃ. Ekadā nāgasamālo pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā vicari, ekadā nāgito, ekadā upavāno, ekadā sunakkhatto, ekadā cundo samaṇuddeso, ekadā sāgato, ekadā meghiyo, te yebhuyyena satthu cittaṃ nārādhayiṃsu. Athekadivasaṃ bhagavā gandhakuṭipariveṇe paññattavarabuddhāsane bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto nisinno bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘ahaṃ, bhikkhave, idānimhi mahallako, ekacce bhikkhū ‘iminā maggena gacchāmā’ti vutte aññena gacchanti, ekacce mayhaṃ pattacīvaraṃ bhūmiyaṃ nikkhipanti, mayhaṃ nibaddhupaṭṭhākaṃ bhikkhuṃ jānāthā’’ti. Taṃ sutvā bhikkhūnaṃ dhammasaṃvego udapādi. Athāyasmā sāriputto uṭṭhāya bhagavantaṃ vanditvā – ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, tumhe upaṭṭhahissāmī’’ti āha. Taṃ bhagavā paṭikkhipi. Etenupāyena mahāmoggallānaṃ ādiṃ katvā sabbe mahāsāvakā – ‘‘ahaṃ upaṭṭhahissāmi, ahaṃ upaṭṭhahissāmī’’ti uṭṭhahiṃsu ṭhapetvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ, tepi bhagavā paṭikkhipi . So pana tuṇhīyeva nisīdi. Atha naṃ bhikkhū āhaṃsu – ‘‘āvuso, tvampi satthu upaṭṭhākaṭṭhānaṃ yācāhī’’ti. Yācitvā laddhaṭṭhānaṃ nāma kīdisaṃ hoti, sace ruccati, satthā sayameva vakkhatīti. Atha bhagavā ‘‘na, bhikkhave, ānando aññehi ussāhetabbo, sayameva jānitvā maṃ upaṭṭhahissatī’’ti āha. Tato bhikkhū ‘‘uṭṭhehi, āvuso ānanda, satthāraṃ upaṭṭhākaṭṭhānaṃ yācāhī’’ti āhaṃsu.
阿难长老起身,说道:“尊者!若世尊不将自己所得的上等衣服给予我,不将上等团食分与我,不让我与他同住一座香室,也不随我赴任何邀请——唯有如此,我方愿侍奉世尊。”为消除非议:“能得到如此优厚条件的人,侍奉导师又有何难?”他先提出这四条拒绝。接着又说:“尊者!若世尊愿前往我所接受的邀请之处;若我能让远方来者即刻得以拜见世尊;若我内心生疑时,能随时走到世尊面前请问;若世尊肯将我不在场时所宣说的法,再为我单独讲说一遍——唯有如此,我方愿侍奉世尊。”为消除非议:“难道连这么一点来自导师的慈悯与扶持也得不到吗?”亦为圆满作为“法藏守护者”的波罗蜜,他提出了这四条请求。如是,阿难长老共提出八项愿求,获世尊许可,便成为世尊的固定侍者。这正是他为了获得此侍者之位,历经十万劫所累积的波罗蜜成熟的果报。从成为侍者的那一天起,他以两种净水、三种齿木,并以手足护理、背部按摩、打扫香室及精舍等种种事务显示巴利原文
Thero uṭṭhahitvā ‘‘sace me, bhante, bhagavā attanā laddhaṃ paṇītacīvaraṃ na dassati, paṇītapiṇḍapātaṃ na dassati, ekagandhakuṭiyaṃ vasituṃ na dassati, nimantanaṃ gahetvā na gamissati, evāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ upaṭṭhahissāmī’’ti āha. ‘‘Ettake guṇe labhato satthu upaṭṭhāne ko bhāro’’ti upavādamocanatthaṃ ime cattāro paṭikkhepā ca – ‘‘sace, bhante, bhagavā mayā gahitanimantanaṃ gamissati, sacāhaṃ desantarato āgatāgate tāvadeva dassetuṃ lacchāmi; yadā me kaṅkhā uppajjati, tāvadeva bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamituṃ lacchāmi, sace bhagavā parammukhā desitaṃ dhammaṃ puna mayhaṃ kathessati, evāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ upaṭṭhahissāmī’’ti ‘‘ettakampi satthu santike anuggahaṃ na labhatī’’ti upavādamocanatthañceva dhammabhaṇḍāgārikabhāvapāramīpūraṇatthañca imā catasso āyācanā cāti aṭṭha vare gahetvā nibaddhupaṭṭhāko ahosi. Tasseva ṭhānantarassa atthāya kappasatasahassaṃ pūritānaṃ pāramīnaṃ phalaṃ pāpuṇi. So upaṭṭhākaṭṭhānaṃ laddhadivasato paṭṭhāya dasabalaṃ duvidhena udakena, tividhena dantakaṭṭhena, hatthapādaparikammena piṭṭhiparikammena, gandhakuṭipariveṇasammajjanenāti evamādīhi kiccehi upaṭṭhahanto ‘‘imāya nāma velāya satthu idaṃ nāma laddhuṃ vaṭṭati, idaṃ nāma kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti divasabhāgaṃ santikāvacaro hutvā, rattibhāge mahantaṃ daṇḍadīpikaṃ gahetvā gandhakuṭipariveṇaṃ nava vāre anupariyāyati, satthari pakkosante paṭivacanadānāya thinamiddhavinodanatthaṃ.
后来,导师在祇园精舍坐于圣众之中,以种种方式称赞阿难,并将他安立为:“多闻比丘中、具念比丘中、正行比丘中、意志坚定比丘中,及侍者比丘中的第一人。”如此,阿难被导师在这五方面记别为“第一”,具足四种希有未曾有法,是导师的“法藏守护者”。这位阿难大长老于世尊般涅槃时,尚是一位有学圣者。世尊般涅槃后,依前所述,他既受比丘们激励,又为天神所警策,便心想:“明日将要举行法的结集。我仍是有学,尚有应作之务,与那些无学大长老们一同参与结集,实不相宜。”于是他发勤精进,开始修观。他花了漫长一整夜行禅修观,却未能达到精进的平衡。于是入室,坐在床上,生起欲卧之意,便转动身体。就在头未触枕、双脚刚离地的那一刹那,其心不执著一切,从诸漏中彻底解脱,成为具足六通的阿拉汉。正如《譬喻经》中所说:显示巴利原文
Atha naṃ satthā jetavane ariyagaṇamajjhe nisinno anekapariyāyena pasaṃsitvā ‘‘bahussutānaṃ satimantānaṃ gatimantānaṃ dhitimantānaṃ upaṭṭhākānañca bhikkhūnaṃ aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapesi. Evaṃ satthārā pañcasu ṭhānesu etadagge ṭhapito catūhi acchariyabbhutadhammehi samannāgato satthu dhammakosārakkho ayaṃ mahāthero sekhova samāno satthari parinibbute heṭṭhā vuttanayena bhikkhūhi samuttejito devatāya ca saṃvejito ‘‘sveyeva ca dāni dhammasaṅgīti kātabbā, na kho pana metaṃ patirūpaṃ, yvāyaṃ sekho sakaraṇīyo hutvā asekhehi therehi saddhiṃ dhammaṃ saṅgāyituṃ sannipātaṃ gantu’’nti sañjātussāho vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā bahudevarattiṃ vipassanāya kammaṃ karonto caṅkame vīriyasamataṃ alabhitvā vihāraṃ pavisitvā sayane nisīditvā sayitukāmo kāyaṃ āvaṭṭesi. Appattañca sīsaṃ bimbohanaṃ pādā ca bhūmito muttamattā, etasmiṃ antare anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimucci chaḷabhiñño ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ apadāne (apa. thera 1.1.644-663) –
他从精舍大门走出,莲华上佛这位大牟尼,
降下甘露法雨,令广大众生获得清凉。
那十万位智者,具足六通,有大神力,
他们围绕着正自觉者,如影随形。
我曾坐于象肩之上,高擎那最胜妙的白伞盖;
见到那极为端严的形相,我心中生起了喜悦。
莲华上佛大牟尼,了知我的意图后,
他放下那番话后,宣说了这些偈颂:
那位撑着以黄金庄严之伞的人,
我将称赞他,你们仔细听我说。
此人从此处命终之后,将投生兜率天,安住其中;
天女环绕,他将享受诸般成就;
他将三十四次,成为天王。
他精勤致力,寂静无依着;
遍知一切漏已,无漏而般涅槃。
有林居的龙象,六十岁的巨象,
象有三处绽裂之相,牙如辕杠,身躯魁梧。
纵有无数百千的智者与具大神力者,
所有这些,在佛陀这头象王面前,都无法以誓愿相比拟。
他精勤、聪慧,具足正知与正念;
已证入流果,于诸有学地善巧通达。
于十万劫间,我所造作之业;
如今我得此位,安住于不可动摇的正法中。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ārāmadvārā nikkhamma, padumuttaro mahāmuni; Vassento amataṃ vuṭṭhiṃ, nibbāpesi mahājanaṃ. ‘‘Satasahassaṃ te dhīrā, chaḷabhiññā mahiddhikā; Parivārenti sambuddhaṃ, chāyāva anapāyinī. ‘‘Hatthikkhandhagato āsiṃ, setacchattaṃ varuttamaṃ; Sucārurūpaṃ disvāna, vitti me udapajjatha. ‘‘Oruyha hatthikhandhamhā, upagacchiṃ narāsabhaṃ; Ratanāmayachattaṃ me, buddhaseṭṭhassa dhārayiṃ. ‘‘Mama saṅkappamaññāya, padumuttaro mahāisi; Taṃ kathaṃ ṭhapayitvāna, imā gāthā abhāsatha. ‘‘Yo so chattamadhāresi, soṇṇālaṅkārabhūsitaṃ; Tamahaṃ kittayissāmi, suṇotha mama bhāsato. ‘‘Ito gantvā ayaṃ poso, tusitaṃ āvasissati; Anubhossati sampattiṃ, accharāhi purakkhato. ‘‘Catutiṃsatikkhattuñca, devarajjaṃ karissati; Balādhipo aṭṭhasataṃ, vasudhaṃ āvasissati. ‘‘Aṭṭhapaññāsakkhattuñca, cakkavattī bhavissati; Padesarajjaṃ vipulaṃ, mahiyā kārayissati. ‘‘Kappasatasahassamhi , okkākakulasambhavo; Gotamo nāma gottena, satthā loke bhavissati. ‘‘Sakyānaṃ kulaketussa, ñātibandhu bhavissati; Ānando nāma nāmena, upaṭṭhāko mahesino. ‘‘Ātāpī nipako cāpi, bāhusaccesu kovido; Nivātavutti atthaddho, sabbapāṭhī bhavissati. ‘‘Padhānapahitatto so, upasanto nirūpadhi; Sabbāsave pariññāya, nibbāyissatināsavo. ‘‘Santi āraññakā nāgā, kuñjarā saṭṭhihāyanā; Tidhāpabhinnā mātaṅgā, īsādantā urūḷhavā. ‘‘Anekasatasahassā, paṇḍitāpi mahiddhikā; Sabbe te buddhanāgassa, na hontupaṇidhimhi te. ‘‘Ādiyā me namassāmi, majjhime atha pacchime; Pasannacitto sumano, buddhaseṭṭhaṃ upaṭṭhahiṃ. ‘‘Ātāpī nipako cāpi, sampajāno paṭissato; Sotāpattiphalaṃ patto, sekhabhūmīsu kovido. ‘‘Satasahassito kappe, yaṃ kammamabhinīhariṃ; Tāhaṃ bhūmimanuppatto, ṭhitā saddhammamācalā. ‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsana’’nti.
然而,当他成为六通者后,便进入结集殿参与结集法。他将自己在各处为教诫比丘、阐明自身修行等而宣说的偈颂汇集一处,在逐次结集《小部》时,将其顺次归入《长老偈》的结集中——显示巴利原文
Chaḷabhiñño pana hutvā saṅgītimaṇḍapaṃ pavisitvā dhammaṃ saṅgāyanto tattha tattha bhikkhūnaṃ ovādadānavasena attano paṭipattidīpanādivasena ca bhāsitagāthā ekajjhaṃ katvā anukkameva khuddakanikāyasaṅgāyanakāle theragāthāsu saṅgītiṃ āropento –
离间语者、易怒者、悭吝者、以毁灭为乐者,
智者不应与这些人交友,与恶人交往即是恶行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pisuṇena ca kodhanena ca, maccharinā ca vibhūtanandinā; Sakhitaṃ na kareyya paṇḍito, pāpo kāpurisena saṅgamo.
与有信者、柔和者、具慧者、多闻者,
智者应与之交友,与善士交往是吉祥的。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Saddhena ca pesalena ca, paññavatā bahussutena ca; Sakhitaṃ kareyya paṇḍito, bhaddo sappurisena saṅgamo.
看这心所造作的影像,病身耸立;
病患多寻思,于此无恒常安住。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Passa cittakataṃ bimbaṃ, arukāyaṃ samussitaṃ; Āturaṃ bahusaṅkappaṃ, yassa natthi dhuvaṃ ṭhiti.
请看此心所造之色,佩以宝珠耳环;
骨皮裹覆,因衣而光耀。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Passa cittakataṃ rūpaṃ, maṇinā kuṇḍalena ca; Aṭṭhitacena onaddhaṃ, saha vatthehi sobhati.
双脚涂敷紫胶,面容搽着香粉;
足以令愚者迷惑,而非求渡彼岸者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Alattakakatā pādā, mukhaṃ cuṇṇakamakkhitaṃ; Alaṃ bālassa mohāya, no ca pāragavesino.
头发编作八瓣,双眼涂以眼膏;
这足以令愚者迷惑,却无法迷惑那求渡彼岸者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Aṭṭhapadakatā kesā, nettā añjanamakkhitā; Alaṃ bālassa mohāya, no ca pāragavesino.
犹如新绘的彩妆盒,这腐臭的身体亦被严饰;
这足以让愚者迷惘,却不能动摇那寻求彼岸之人。
猎人设下陷阱,鹿儿却未靠近罗网;
食罢诱饵便离去,任凭猎鹿人哭泣。
猎鹿人的套索已断,鹿儿未近罗网;
食罢诱饵便离去,任凭猎鹿人悲伤。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Añjanīva navā cittā, pūtikāyo alaṅkato; Alaṃ bālassa mohāya, no ca pāragavesino. ‘‘Odahi migavo pāsaṃ, nāsadā vāguraṃ migo; Bhutvā nivāpaṃ gacchāma, kandante migabandhake. ‘‘Chinno pāso migavassa, nāsadā vāguraṃ migo; Bhutvā nivāpaṃ gacchāma, socante migaluddake.
多闻善说的质多,是佛陀的侍者;
重担已放,系缚已脱,乔达摩安卧。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Bahussuto cittakathī, buddhassa paricārako; Pannabhāro visaññutto, seyyaṃ kappeti gotamo.
漏尽者已断除系缚,超越执著,善般涅槃;
他持最后之身,已度越生死轮回。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Khīṇāsavo visaññutto, saṅgātīto sunibbuto; Dhāreti antimaṃ dehaṃ, jātimaraṇapāragū.
诸法安住之处,属于佛陀、日种亲者;
这位乔达摩安住于导向涅槃之道。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yasmiṃ patiṭṭhitā dhammā, buddhassādiccabandhuno; Nibbānagamane magge, soyaṃ tiṭṭhati gotamo.
我从佛陀处得八十二法,从比丘处得两千法;
我所转起的法,共有八万四千。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dvāsīti buddhato gaṇhiṃ, dve sahassāni bhikkhuto; Caturāsītisahassāni, ye me dhammā pavattino.
此寡闻之人,犹如公牛徒增肌肉,
他的肌肉在增长,智慧却毫无增长。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Appassutāyaṃ puriso, balibaddova jīrati; Maṃsāni tassa vaḍḍhanti, paññā tassa na vaḍḍhati.
多闻者若以所闻轻视寡闻者,
犹如盲人持灯,在我看来正复如是。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Bahussuto appassutaṃ, yo sutenātimaññati; Andho padīpadhārova, tatheva paṭibhāti maṃ.
应亲近多闻之人,不令所闻消亡;
这是梵行的根本,因此应成为持法者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Bahussutaṃ upāseyya, sutañca na vināsaye; Taṃ mūlaṃ brahmacariyassa, tasmā dhammadharo siyā.
能了知前后因缘、通达义理、精通语言与语法者;
他善巧执取法,并审察其义理。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pubbāparaññū atthaññū, niruttipadakovido; Suggahītañca gaṇhāti, atthañcopaparikkhati.
以安忍故生欲求,精勤而后善审量;
于适当时精勤策励,内心善入于定中。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Khantyā chandikato hoti, ussahitvā tuleti taṃ; Samaye so padahati, ajjhattaṃ susamāhito.
多闻、持法、具慧的佛陀声闻弟子;
渴求法智者,应当亲近那样的善知识。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Bahussutaṃ dhammadharaṃ, sappaññaṃ buddhasāvakaṃ; Dhammaviññāṇamākaṅkhaṃ, taṃ bhajetha tathāvidhaṃ.
‘‘Bahussuto dhammadharo, kosārakkho mahesino; Cakkhu sabbassa lokassa, pūjanīyo bahussuto.
以法为乐、爱乐法、随念法、思惟法的比丘,
不于正法中退失。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dhammārāmo dhammarato, dhammaṃ anuvicintayaṃ; Dhammaṃ anussaraṃ bhikkhu, saddhammā na parihāyati.
对身体悭吝、过分重视者,当身体衰坏时,应振作精勤。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kāyamaccheragaruno , hiyyamāne anuṭṭhahe; Sarīrasukhagiddhassa, kuto samaṇaphāsutā.
一切方所不再显现,诸法亦不呈现于我;
当善知识离去时,犹如黑暗显现。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na pakkhanti disā sabbā, dhammā na paṭibhanti maṃ; Gate kalyāṇamittamhi, andhakāraṃva khāyati.
对于已逝之同伴、已入灭之导师;
没有什么友,能如身至念一般。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Abbhatītasahāyassa, atītagatasatthuno; Natthi etādisaṃ mittaṃ, yathā kāyagatā sati.
那些旧的、过去的事物,与新的不相应于我;
今日我独自禅修,如同被雨淋湿的鸟。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ye purāṇā atītā te, navehi na sameti me; Svajja ekova jhāyāmi, vassupetova pakkhimā.
“为见世尊而前来”:从各地赶来欲拜见世尊的人。“众多怀有种种怨仇者”:其中有许多怀有不同仇怨之人。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dassanāya abhikkante, nānāverajjake bahū; Mā vārayittha sotāro, passantu samayo mamaṃ.
为觐见世尊而从各处来的人,形形色色,心怀怨仇者众多;
导师给予机会,具眼者不加阻止。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dassanāya abhikkante, nānāverajjake puthu; Karoti satthā okāsaṃ, na nivāreti cakkhumā.
二十五年以来,我作为具念的有学,
欲想从未生起——看啊,这就是法的善法性!
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Paṇṇavīsati vassāni, sekhabhūtassa me sato; Na kāmasaññā uppajji, passa dhammasudhammataṃ.
二十五年间,我身为有学,具足正念,
嗔恚想从未生起,请看,这便是法的善法性!
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Paṇṇavīsati vassāni, sekhabhūtassa me sato; Na dosasaññā uppajji, passa dhammasudhammataṃ.
二十五年间,我侍奉世尊,
以慈爱的身业,如影随形,不曾离去。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Paṇṇavīsati vassāni, bhagavantaṃ upaṭṭhahiṃ; Mettena kāyakammena, chāyāva anapāyinī.
二十五年间,我侍奉世尊;
以慈爱之语业,如影随形,未曾舍离。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Paṇṇavīsati vassāni, bhagavantaṃ upaṭṭhahiṃ; Mettena vacīkammena, chāyāva anapāyinī.
二十五年间,我侍奉世尊;
以慈爱的意业,如身影一般,从不相离。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Paṇṇavīsati vassāni, bhagavantaṃ upaṭṭhahiṃ; Mettena manokammena, chāyāva anapāyinī.
佛陀经行时,我从后随行经行;
法正宣说时,我生起了智慧。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Buddhassa caṅkamantassa, piṭṭhito anucaṅkamiṃ; Dhamme desiyamānamhi, ñāṇaṃ me udapajjatha.
我尚有应作之事,为有学,心意未得满足;
而那位悲悯我们的导师,已般涅槃。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ahaṃ sakaraṇīyomhi, sekho appattamānaso; Satthu ca parinibbānaṃ, yo amhaṃ anukampako.
那时有恐怖之事,那时有令人身毛竖立之事;
当具足一切殊胜相好的正自觉者般涅槃时。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tadāsi yaṃ bhiṃsanakaṃ, tadāsi lomahaṃsanaṃ; Sabbakāravarūpete, sambuddhe parinibbute.
多闻持法者,世尊库藏的守护者;
一切世间的眼目,阿难已般涅槃。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Bahussuto dhammadharo, kosārakkho mahesino; Cakkhu sabbassa lokassa, ānando parinibbuto.
多闻持法者,世尊库藏的守护者;
他是一切世间的眼目,于黑暗中驱散黑暗。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Bahussuto dhammadharo, kosārakkho mahesino; Cakkhu sabbassa lokassa, andhakāre tamonudo.
那位行持具足、正念具足、意志坚定的圣者,
正法的持守者——长老阿难,乃是宝库。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Gatimanto satimanto, dhitimanto ca yo isi; Saddhammadhārako thero, ānando ratanākaro.
我已尽奉导师,已成就佛陀的教法;
重担已放下,此生不再有后有。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ; Ohito garuko bhāro, natthi dāni punabbhavo’’ti. –
他宣说了这些偈颂。显示巴利原文
Imā gāthā abhāsi.
其中,以“以离间……”等开头的两首偈颂,是世尊见到六群比丘与提婆达多一派的比丘们交往后,为了教诫他们而宣说的。此处“以离间”(pisuṇena)指以离间语。因为与离间语相应之人,被称为“离间者”,就如同具有蓝色品质的布被称为“蓝色”一样。“以瞋恚”(kodhanena)指有瞋怒习性者。“以悭吝”(maccharinā)指因隐匿自身成就相的悭吝而生起者。“以喜于消亡”(vibhūtanandinā)指希望有情消亡、破灭者;或者“vibhūta”指分离、分裂的状态,“喜于”即喜好此状态。这一切都是针对提婆达多一派而言。他们因宣扬五事,分裂了许多正行者;又出于对世尊的顽固悭吝等悭吝本性,给大众带来了巨大的无义。“为友”(sakhiti)表示不应作同伴交往。为什么呢?因为与恶人、卑劣人的交往、集会,是下劣、低贱的。凡是追随其邪见者,便会招致以恶思维等为特征的愚人之相,更何况听从其指使者。因此世尊说:“诸比丘,凡是任何怖畏生起,一切皆从愚者生,非从智者……”等(《增支部》3.1)。显示巴利原文
Tattha pisuṇena cāti ādito dve gāthā chabbaggiye bhikkhū devadattapakkhiyehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ saṃsaggaṃ karonte disvā tesaṃ ovādadānavasena vuttā. Tattha pisuṇenāti pisuṇāya vācāya. Tāya hi yutto puggalo ‘‘pisuṇo’’ti vutto yathā nīlaguṇayutto paṭo nīloti. Kodhanenāti kujjhanasīlena. Attasampattinigūhaṇalakkhaṇassa maccherassa sambhavato maccharinā. Vibhūtanandināti sattānaṃ vibhūtaṃ vibhavanaṃ vināsaṃ icchantena, vibhūtaṃ vā visuṃ bhāvo bhedo, taṃ nandanena, sabbametaṃ devadattapakkhiyeva sandhāya vuttaṃ. Te hi pañcavatthudīpanāya bahū jane sammāpaṭipanne bhindantā satthari bahiddhatāya thaddhamacchariyādimacchariyapakatā mahājanassa mahato anatthāya paṭipajjiṃsu. Sakhitanti sahāyabhāvaṃ saṃsaggaṃ na kareyya, kiṃkāraṇā? Pāpokāpurisena saṅgamo kāpurisena pāpapuggalena samāgamo nihīno lāmako. Ye hissa diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjanti. Tesaṃ ducintitādibhedaṃ bālalakkhaṇameva āvahati, pageva vacanakarassa. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘yāni kānici, bhikkhave, bhayāni uppajjanti, sabbāni tāni bālato uppajjanti, no paṇḍitato’’tiādi (a. ni. 3.1).
然而,应当与之交往者是怎样的人呢?为了说明这一点,世尊说“与具信者……”等。其中,“与具信者”(saddhena)指具足业与业果之信,以及具足三宝之信者。“与可爱戒者”(pesalena)指具有可爱戒行、戒具足者。“与具慧者”(paññavatā)指凭借能趋向生灭的抉择慧而慧具足者。“与多闻者”(bahussutena)指在教理多闻与通达法义多闻两方面都圆满的多闻者。“善哉”(bhaddo)是说,与这样的善士交往,是善妙、美好、吉祥的,能带来现法利益等种种利益——这是此处的意趣。显示巴利原文
Yena pana saṃsaggo kātabbo, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘saddhena cā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha saddhenāti kammakammaphalasaddhāya ceva, ratanattayasaddhāya ca samannāgatena. Pesalenāti piyasīlena sīlasampannena. Paññavatāti udayatthagāminiyā nibbedhikāya paññāya vasena paññāsampannena. Bahussutenāti pariyattipaṭivedhabāhusaccānaṃ pāripūriyā bahussutena. Bhaddoti tena tādisena sādhunā saṅgamo bhaddo sundaro kalyāṇo diṭṭhadhammikādibhedaṃ atthaṃ āvahatīti adhippāyo.
以“看那杂色画……”等开头的七首偈颂,是世尊为一位名叫郁多罗的近事女所宣说——她因见到自己容貌美丽而生起欲想,世尊为令她于身生起厌离而说。也有人说:“这是世尊见到游女庵婆婆利后,为教诫其散乱之心而说。”这些偈颂的含义已如前释。显示巴利原文
Passa cittakatantiādikā satta gāthā attano rūpasampattiṃ disvā kāmasaññaṃ uppādentiyā uttarāya nāma upāsikāya kāyavicchandajananatthaṃ bhāsitā . ‘‘Ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ disvā vikkhittacittānaṃ ovādadānattha’’ntipi vadanti. Tā heṭṭhā vuttatthā eva.
“多闻善言谈……”等两首偈颂,是长老证得阿拉汉果后,以感兴语自说。其中,“侍者”指近身侍者;“布置卧处”指他刚证得阿拉汉果便躺下。原来,长老几乎是整夜经行,为使身体恢复正常体温,便入内室想要躺卧。他在床座上坐下,双脚离地,头尚未触枕,就在那一刹那证得阿拉汉果,随后躺下。显示巴利原文
Bahussutocittakathītiādikā dve gāthā therena arahattaṃ patvā udānavasena bhāsitā. Tattha paricārakoti upaṭṭhāko. Seyyaṃ kappetīti arahattappattisamanantaraṃ sayitattā vuttaṃ. Thero hi bahudeva rattiṃ caṅkamena vītināmetvā sarīraṃ utuṃ gāhāpetuṃ ovarakaṃ pavisitvā sayituṃ mañcake nisinno pādā ca bhūmito muttā, appattañca sīsaṃ bimbohanaṃ, etthantare arahattaṃ patvā sayi.
“诸漏尽者”,指已彻底灭尽四种漏的人,由此也脱离四种轭;由于超越了贪染等一切执着,故称“超越执着”;因为一切烦恼的热恼已全然止息,故称“善寂、清凉”。显示巴利原文
Khīṇāsavoti parikkhīṇacaturāsavo, tato eva catūhipi yogehi visaṃyutto, rāgasaṅgādīnaṃ atikkantattā saṅgātīto, sabbaso kilesapariḷāhassa vūpasantattā sunibbuto sītibhūtoti attho.
《依止于谁的诸法……》这首偈颂,是净居大梵天针对那位漏尽长老而说的。在正法结集进行时,有比丘就此议论长老说:“有位比丘散发出尸臭味。”而那时长老早已证得阿拉汉果,为成就僧团和合之故,来到七叶窟门口。为彰显他漏尽的本质,净居大梵天使诸比丘生起惭耻,说出这首偈颂。其含义是:世尊所证悟、所宣说的法——即证法与教法,依止于哪一位殊胜之人?那位从族姓上称为乔达摩的法藏守护者,已证得有余涅槃,如今正安立于通向无余涅槃的道路上。这恰是佛陀的一份。显示巴利原文
Yasmiṃ patiṭṭhitā dhammāti theraṃ uddissa khīṇāsavamahābrahmunā bhāsitā gāthā. Upaṭṭhitāya hi dhammasaṅgītiyā theraṃ uddissa yehi bhikkhūhi ‘‘eko bhikkhu vissagandhaṃ vāyatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Atha thero adhigate arahatte sattapaṇṇiguhādvāraṃ saṅghassa sāmaggīdānatthaṃ āgato, tassa khīṇāsavabhāvappakāsanena suddhāvāsamahābrahmā. Te bhikkhū lajjāpento ‘‘yasmiṃ patiṭṭhitā dhammā’’ti gāthamāha. Tassattho – buddhassa bhagavato dhammā teneva adhigatā paveditā ca paṭivedhapariyattidhammā. Yasmiṃ purisavisese patiṭṭhitā, soyaṃ gottato gotamo dhammabhaṇḍāgāriko saupādisesanibbānassa adhigatattā idāni anupādisesanibbānagamane magge patiṭṭhahi, tassa ekaṃsabhāgīti.
后来有一天,一位名叫瞿默目犍连的婆罗门问长老:“你在佛陀的教法中素以多闻著称,导师所说并由你受持的法,共有多少?”长老回答他时,诵出了《八万二千……》这首偈颂。其中,“八万二千”意谓:我从正自觉者那里学习、领受了八万二千法蕴,即从导师面前领纳了比八万四千少二千的法蕴。“二千从比丘处”是指:另有二千法蕴从比丘们那里获得,即从法将等比丘们证得的。合此两部分,便成“八万四千”法蕴。“这些流转于我处的诸法”,是指前述数量的法蕴我皆已熟练掌握,能随口诵出,如同在舌尖上随意转动一般。显示巴利原文
Athekadivasaṃ gopakamoggallāno nāma brāhmaṇo theraṃ pucchi – ‘‘tvaṃ bahussutoti buddhassa sāsane pākaṭo, kittakā dhammā te satthārā bhāsitā, tayā dhāritā’’ti? Tassa thero paṭivacanaṃ dento ‘‘dvāsītī’’ti gāthamāha. Tattha dvāsīti sahassānīti yojanā, buddhato gaṇhinti sammāsambuddhato uggaṇhiṃ dvisahassādhikāni asītidhammakkhandhasahassāni satthu santikā adhigaṇhinti attho. Dve sahassāni bhikkhutoti dve dhammakkhandhasahassāni bhikkhuto gaṇhiṃ, dhammasenāpatiādīnaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ santikā adhigacchiṃ. Caturāsītisahassānīti tadubhayaṃ samodhānetvā catusahassādhikāni asītisahassāni. Ye me dhammā pavattinoti ye yathāvuttaparimāṇā dhammakkhandhā mayhaṃ paguṇā vācuggatā jivhagge parivattantīti.
有一次,长老见到有人在教法中出家后,既不致力于观业处,也不致力于教理学习,为揭示寡闻的过患,便诵出《寡闻者》这首偈颂。其中,“寡闻者”是指:由于未曾受持一部、两部乃至五十部经,或乃至一个品、两个品,乃至一部、两部契经,因而被称为寡闻者;但他若受持了业处并致力实践,那他就是真正的多闻者。“如公牛般老去”,意指:如同公牛的成长与老迈,并非为了父母眷属的利益,只是毫无意义地衰老;同样,此人既不履行亲教师与阿阇梨的义务,不行客比丘等应尽之责,也不致力修习,唯有徒然老去。“其肉增广”,意谓:如公牛因被认为不能耕田负重等,而被放至林中,任由游荡饮食,其肉便逐渐长厚;同样,此人被亲教师等搁置一旁,依仗僧团获得四种资具,又用催吐等方法养护身体,于是肌肉增广、身躯庞大。而“慧”——无论世间慧或出世间慧,不会增长哪怕一指节的程度,反而像林中蔓藤一般,依着六根,令贪爱与九种我慢不断滋长。这便是其中的深义。显示巴利原文
Athekadā thero sāsane pabbajitvā vipassanādhurepi ganthadhurepi ananuyuttaṃ ekaṃ puggalaṃ disvā bāhusaccābhāve ādīnavaṃ pakāsento ‘‘appassutāya’’nti gāthamāha. Tattha appassutāyanti ekassa dvinnaṃ vā paṇṇāsānaṃ, atha vā pana vaggānaṃ antamaso ekassa dvinnaṃ vā suttantānampi uggahitānaṃ abhāvena appassuto ayaṃ, kammaṭṭhānaṃ pana uggahetvā anuyuñjanto bahussutova. Balibaddova jīratīti yathā balibaddo jīramāno vaḍḍhamāno neva mātu na pitu, na sesañātakānaṃ atthāya vaḍḍhati, atha kho niratthakameva jīrati; evamevaṃ ayampi na upajjhāyavattaṃ karoti, na ācariyavattaṃ, na āgantukavattādīni, na bhāvanaṃ anuyuñjati, niratthakameva jīrati. Maṃsāni tassa vaḍḍhantīti yathā balibaddassa ‘‘kasanabhāravahanādīsu asamattho eso’’ti araññe vissaṭṭhassa yathā tathā vicarantassa khādantassa pivantassa maṃsāni tassa vaḍḍhanti; evamevaṃ imassāpi upajjhāyādīhi vissaṭṭhassa saṅghaṃ nissāya cattāro paccaye labhitvā uddhaṃvirecanādīni katvā kāyaṃ posentassa maṃsāni vaḍḍhanti thūlasarīro hutvā vicarati. Paññāti lokiyalokuttarā panassa paññā ekaṅgulimattāpi na vaḍḍhati, araññe gacchalatādīni viya assa chadvārāni nissāya taṇhā ceva navavidhamāno ca vaḍḍhatīti adhippāyo.
《多闻者》这首偈颂,是针对一位依恃多闻而轻视他人的比丘所说。其中,“以闻”指以听闻为因,仗着自身多闻之相。“轻蔑”指越过实际而思量,抬高自己、轻毁他人。“正如”指:犹如盲人在黑暗中手持油灯,虽将光明给予他人,自己却看不见,只能利益他人而于己无益;同样,仅有教理多闻的人,若未亲身实证所闻、未圆满自己的利益,便如同持灯的盲人,只能利益他人而于己无益——在我心中,此人就如同持灯的盲人一般。显示巴利原文
Bahussutoti gāthā attano bāhusaccaṃ nissāya aññaṃ atimaññantaṃ ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ uddissa vuttā. Tattha sutenāti sutahetu attano bāhusaccanimittaṃ. Atimaññatīti atikkamitvā maññati attānaṃ ukkaṃsento paraṃ paribhavati. Tathevāti yathā andho andhakāre telapajjotaṃ dhārento ālokadānena paresaṃyeva atthāvaho , na attano, tatheva pariyattibāhusaccena sutavā puggalo sutena anupapanno attano atthaṃ aparipūrento andho ñāṇālokadānena paresaṃyeva atthāvaho, na attano, dīpadhāro andho viya mayhaṃ upaṭṭhātīti.
现在为显示多闻的功德,而说《多闻》这首偈颂。其中,“应亲近”指应当亲近、承事。“不应令所闻消失”指:亲近多闻者之后所得的所闻,不应令其消失,而应通过受持、熟习、遍问、作意使之增长。“那是梵行的根本”指:由亲近多闻者所得的所闻——亦即教理多闻,是圣道梵行的根本,是最重要的成因。因此,应当立于解脱之最顶端,成为持法者——首先成为持教法者,以此来守护所听闻的法。显示巴利原文
Idāni bāhusacce ānisaṃsaṃ dassento ‘‘bahussuta’’nti gāthamāha. Tattha upāseyyāti payirupāseyya. Sutañca na vināsayeti bahussutaṃ payirupāsitvā laddhaṃ sutañca na vināseyya, na susseyya dhāraṇaparicayaparipucchāmanasikārehi vaḍḍheyya. Taṃ mūlaṃ brahmacariyassāti yasmā bahussutaṃ payirupāsitvā laddhaṃ taṃ sutaṃ pariyattibāhusaccaṃ maggabrahmacariyassa mūlaṃ padhānakāraṇaṃ. Tasmā dhammadharo siyā vimuttāyatanasīse ṭhatvā yathāsutassa dhammassa dhāraṇe paṭhamaṃ pariyattidhammadharo bhaveyya.
现在为了说明通过教理多闻所应成就的义理,而说出“知前后”等语。其中,“知前后”指:对于一首偈颂,当前面部分不明显,或前面部分明显而后面部分不明显时,能了知“此后部分应与此前部分相应,或此前部分应与此后部分相应”的人,即称为知前后者。“知义”指了知每一处所说言词中,自利、利他等不同种类的意义。“善巧于词句”指对于词和其余分句,即在四种无碍解中达到善巧。“善取而持”指:依靠这种善巧,从义理与字句两方面,将法善巧地领受、持守。“复察于义”指:对所听闻、所学得的法义,以心进一步审察:“这是戒,这是定,这是慧,这些是色法、无色法。”显示巴利原文
Idāni pariyattibāhusaccena sādhetabbamatthaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘pubbāparaññū’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha pubbañca aparañca jānātīti pubbāparaññū. Ekissā hi gāthāya pubbabhāge apaññāyamānepi pubbabhāge vā paññāyamāne aparabhāge apaññāyamānepi ‘‘imassa aparabhāgassa iminā pubbabhāgena , imassa vā pubbabhāgassa iminā aparabhāgena bhavitabba’’nti jānanto pubbāparaññū nāma. Attatthādibhedaṃ tassa tassa bhāsitassa atthaṃ jānātīti atthaññū. Niruttipadakovidoti niruttiyaṃ sesapadesupi cāti catūsupi paṭisambhidāsu cheko. Suggahītañca gaṇhātīti teneva kovidabhāvena atthato byañjanato ca dhammaṃ sugahitameva katvā gaṇhāti. Atthañcopaparikkhatīti yathāsutassa yathāpariyattassa dhammassa atthaṃ upaparikkhati ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā, ime rūpārūpadhammā’’ti manasā anupekkhati.
“因忍而发起欲”的意思是:在对那些法以心审察之后,借着见审察的忍,令审察得以忍可,继而从把握色法等入手,于观中发起欲、策发欲求。当他如此修习时,便是在观业处上精勤用功。“精勤已而权衡”:以观见名色种种缘而生起精勤,进而安立无常、苦、无我这三相以作权衡,也就是以“无常”“苦”“无我”来决择、观察那名色。“于应时策励精进,于内善住定”:如此观察的人,在应当策励等的时机,以策心等方法精进;正在精进时,于内——即于所缘境内——以观定、道定而妥善安住,由此断除那些导致不定的烦恼。这一切功德,都是由于亲近多闻、持法、具慧的佛声闻弟子才获得的。因此,想要证悟无为之法,对苦等依遍知等差别作用而生起称为“法识”的法智者,便应当亲近、承事、礼遇具备上述功德的善知识。这便是大义所在。显示巴利原文
Khantyā chandikato hotīti tesu manasā anupekkhitesu dhammesu diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā nijjhānaṃ khamāpetvā rūpapariggahādimukhena vipassanābhinivese chandikato chandajāto hoti. Tathābhūto ca vipassanāya kammaṃ karonto ussahitvā tuleti taṃtaṃpaccayanāmarūpadassanavasena ussāhaṃ katvā tato paraṃ tilakkhaṇaṃ āropetvā tuleti ‘‘anicca’’ntipi, ‘‘dukkha’’ntipi, ‘‘anattā’’tipi taṃ nāmarūpaṃ tīreti vipassati. Samaye so padahati, ajjhattaṃ susamāhitoti so evaṃ passanto paggahetabbādisamaye cittassa paggaṇhanādinā padahati, padahanto ca ajjhattaṃ gocarajjhatte vipassanāsamādhinā maggasamādhinā ca suṭṭhu samāhito bhaveyya, asamādhānahetubhūte kilese pajaheyya. Svāyaṃ guṇo sabbopi yasmā bahussutaṃ dhammadharaṃ sappaññaṃ buddhasāvakaṃ payirupāsantassa hoti, tasmā asaṅkhataṃ dhammaṃ ārabbha dukkhādīsu pariññādivisiṭṭhakiccatāya dhammaviññāṇasaṅkhātaṃ dhammañāṇaṃ ākaṅkhanto tathāvidhaṃ vuttappakāraṃ kalyāṇamittaṃ bhajetha, seveyya payirupāseyyāti attho.
为了显示这样的多闻者因其广大利益而值得供养,故宣说了《多闻者》这首偈。其意思是:“多闻者”是指对契经、应颂等教法广泛学习的人。“持法者”指能像将狮子脂膏放入金器一般,将所听闻的教法持守而不失坏的人。他因此守护着大仙、世尊的法库与法宝,故称“库藏守护者”。正因为他以平等智慧观照包含天神的世间,成为世间的眼睛,所以是“一切世间的眼目”,值得供养与尊敬。为了阐明凭藉多闻的功德而受到众人供养的道理,最后再次归结为“多闻者”。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bahupakāratāya tassa pūjanīyakaṃ dassento ‘‘bahussuto’’ti gāthamāha. Tassattho – suttageyyādi bahu sutaṃ etassāti bahussuto. Tameva desanādhammaṃ suvaṇṇabhājane pakkhittasīhavasā viya avinassantaṃ dhāretīti dhammadharo. Tato eva mahesino bhagavato dhammakosaṃ dhammaratanaṃ ārakkhatīti kosārakkho. Yasmā sadevakassa lokassa samadassanena cakkhubhūto, tasmā cakkhu sabbassa lokassa pūjanīyo mānanīyoti, bahussutabhāvena bahujanassa pūjanīyabhāvadassanatthaṃ nigamanavasena punapi ‘‘bahussuto’’ti vuttaṃ.
为了表明即使获得了这样的善知识,也只有真正修行的人才不会退失,不修行的人依然会退失,故而宣说《法乐者》这首偈。在这里,“住处”是指止与观的法,有安立的含义。于该法中喜爱且深心欢喜的人,即是“法喜者”。他因为一再反复思惟该法,所以是“随法思惟者”,也就是将心转向法、作意于法的意思。“随念法”是指随念该法。“正法”的意思是:这样的比丘,对于三十七菩提分法以及九种出世间法,不会退失,在任何时候都不可能退失。这就是它的含义。显示巴利原文
Evarūpaṃ kalyāṇamittaṃ labhitvāpi kārakasseva aparihāni, na akārakassāti dassento ‘‘dhammārāmo’’ti gāthamāha. Tattha nivāsanaṭṭhena samathavipassanādhammo ārāmo, tasmiṃ eva dhamme rato abhiratoti dhammarato, tasseva dhammassa punappunaṃ vicintanena dhammaṃ anuvicintayaṃ dhammaṃ āvajjento manasi karotīti attho. Anussaranti tameva dhammaṃ anussaranto. Saddhammāti evarūpo bhikkhu sattatiṃsapabhedā bodhipakkhiyadhammā navavidhalokuttaradhammā ca na parihāyati, na kadāci tassa tato parihāni hotīti attho.
有一次,长老为使一位名为“善巧”的比丘生起悚惧,而诵出《身重悭吝》这首偈。这位比丘于身体尚未离贪,懈怠且精进低劣。其中,“身重悭吝者”是指那些常对身体行强壮之想、执取此身为“我”与“我所”,对于亲教师、阿阇梨应由身体去履行的种种服侍,丝毫不行、游手闲荡的人。“于损减中”是说自己此身与命,正在刹那刹那地衰损。“不应懈怠”是说,不该不为了圆满戒律等而发起身体力行的精进。“耽着身体乐者”指贪着自己身体安乐的人。“沙门的安稳从何而来”的意思是:像这样的人,还谈什么作为沙门应有的安乐住、安稳住呢?他绝不会有。这便是其中的含义。显示巴利原文
Athekadivasaṃ kāye avītarāgaṃ kusītaṃ hīnavīriyaṃ kosallāyā ti nāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ saṃvejento ‘‘kāyamaccheragaruno’’ti gāthamāha. Tattha kāyamaccheragarunoti ‘‘kāyadaḷhībahulassa kāye mamattassa ācariyupajjhāyānampi kāyena kattabbaṃ kiñci akatvā vicarantassa. Hiyyamāneti attano kāye jīvite ca khaṇe khaṇe parihiyyamāne. Anuṭṭhaheti sīlādīnaṃ paripūraṇavasena uṭṭhānavīriyaṃ na kareyya. Sarīrasukhagiddhassāti attano sarīrassa sukhāpaneneva gedhaṃ āpannassa. Kuto samaṇaphāsutāti evarūpassa puggalassa sāmaññavasena kuto sukhavihāro, phāsuvihāro na tassa vijjatīti attho.
“方所不显”等偈颂,是长老闻知法将舍利弗尊者已般涅槃后所宣说的。其中,“诸方不显”是指东方等所有方位都不能够清晰地辨识了,也就是感觉方向迷乱的意思。“法不现前”的意思是:以前极为精熟的那些教理法义,如今即使特特恭敬地作意,也不在心中显现了。“善知识已逝”是指那位含天神在内的世间善知识——法将,已经进入了无余般涅槃。“如暗显现”是说一切世间都变得如同黑暗一般。显示巴利原文
Na pakkhantītiādikā āyasmato sāriputtassa dhammasenāpatino parinibbutabhāvaṃ sutvā therena bhāsitā. Tattha na pakkhanti disā sabbāti puratthimādibhedā sabbā disā na pakkhayanti, disāmūḷhoti attho. Dhammā na paṭibhanti manti pubbe suṭṭhu paguṇāpi pariyattidhammā idāni sakkaccaṃ samannāhariyamānāpi mayhaṃ na upaṭṭhahanti. Gate kalyāṇamittamhīti sadevakassa lokassa kalyāṇamittabhūte dhammasenāpatimhi anupādisesanibbānaṃ gate. Andhakāraṃva khāyatīti sabbopāyaṃ loko andhakāro viya upaṭṭhāti.
“失友伴者”意指失去了同伴、没有善知识的人。“导师已逝去”是指尊者的导师已经逝去、入于般涅槃,即导师已般涅槃的意思。正如身至念的修习,对于专修者能带来纯粹的利益;同样地,对于这样无依怙的人而言,没有任何其他友伴能带来如此纯粹的利益。而对于有依怙者,其他的修习也一样能带来利益。这便是其中意趣所在。显示巴利原文
Abbhatītasahāyassāti apagatasahāyassa, kalyāṇamittarahitassāti attho. Atītagatasatthunoti āyasmato atīto hutvā nibbānagatasatthukassa, satthari parinibbuteti attho. Yathā kāyagatā satīti kāyagatāsatibhāvanā takkarassa yathā ekantahitāvahā, evaṃ etādisaṃ anāthassa puggalassa ekantahitāvahaṃ aññaṃ mittaṃ nāma natthi, sanāthassa aññāpi bhāvanā hitāvahā evāti adhippāyo.
「旧」指旧友,是针对舍利弗等善知识而说。「新」指新友。「不与我心相应」的意思是:我的心与他们不契合,他们不能令我心生欢喜。「如今我独自禅修」的意思是:如今我远离诸长老,独一静处,修习禅那,专精于禅那。「如入巢鸟」指雨季时进入鸟巢的鸟;亦有读作「入住处」,意为进入住处。显示巴利原文
Purāṇāti porāṇā, sāriputtādike kalyāṇamitte sandhāya vadati. Navehīti navakehi. Na sameti meti mayhaṃ cittaṃ na samāgacchati, na te mama cittaṃ ārādhentīti attho. Svajja ekova jhāyāmīti sohaṃ ajja vuḍḍhatarehi virahito ekova hutvā jhāyāmi jhānapasuto homi. Vassupetoti vassakāle kulāvakaṃ upeto pakkhī viya. ‘‘Vāsupeto’’tipi pāḷi, vāsaṃ upagatoti attho.
「为见如来」等偈颂是导师所说。其义为:阿难,那些为了见我而从各处远方来的人们,你不要阻止他们前来。何以故?他们是来闻法的,让他们见如来,现今正是相见之时。显示巴利原文
Dassanāyaabhikkanteti gāthā satthārā bhāsitā. Tassattho – mama dassanāya abhikkante nānāvidhavidesapavāsikabahujane, ānanda, mama upasaṅkamanaṃ mā vāresi. Kasmā? Te sotāro dhammassa, mamaṃ passantu, ayameva dassanāya samayoti.
长老听此,又宣说了一首「为见如来」的偈颂。此处引出前一偈,是为了与此偈关联。由此亦显示:若我能即时令诸位从各地来者得以见佛,此句之义便得以成立。显示巴利原文
Taṃ sutvā thero ‘‘dassanāya abhikkante’’ti aparaṃ gāthamāha. Imāya hi gāthāya sambandhatthaṃ purimagāthā idha nikkhittā. Teneva sacāhaṃ desantarato āgatāgate tāvadeva dassetuṃ lacchāmīti etassa padassa atthasiddhiṃ dasseti.
“二十五年”等五首偈颂,是为了说明阿难长老作为最上侍者的身份而说的。由于长老一直专心修行业处与承事世尊,那些虽尚未被圣道断除的欲想等,并未在他心中生起;一切时中,他的身业、语业、意业皆以慈爱为前导,为慈爱所随转。其中,“二十五年”指二十五年间。“作为有学的我”指我住于有学地,即入流果的阶位。“欲想”指与欲相应的想,未曾生起。这里,通过宣说欲想等不现行,显示了自己内心的清净;以“以慈爱的身业……”等词,显示了外在加行的清净。在此,打扫香室及周围环境、履行对世尊的各项义务,应知为慈爱的身业;适时提醒说法时间等,应知为慈爱的语业;独处时忆念世尊,起令利益回向的作意,应知为慈爱的意业。“我智生起”指他证得了有学地。显示巴利原文
Paṇṇavīsati vassānīti pañca gāthā attano aggupaṭṭhākabhāvaṃ dīpetuṃ vuttā. Āraddhakammaṭṭhānabhāvena hi satthu upaṭṭhānapasutabhāvena ca therassa maggena asamucchinnāpi kāmasaññādayo na uppajjiṃsu, kāyavacīmanokammāni ca sabbakālaṃ satthari mettāpubbaṅgamāni mettānuparivattāni ahesuṃ. Tattha paṇṇavīsati vassānīti pañcavīsati saṃvaccharāni. Sekhabhūtassa me satoti sekhabhūmiyaṃ sotāpattiphale ṭhitassa me sato. Kāmasaññāti kāmasahagatā saññā na uppajji, ettha ca kāmasaññādianuppattivacanena attano āsayasuddhiṃ dasseti, ‘‘mettena kāyakammenā’’tiādinā payogasuddhiṃ. Tattha gandhakuṭiyaṃ paribhaṇḍakaraṇādinā satthu vattapaṭivattakaraṇena ca mettaṃ kāyakammaṃ veditabbaṃ, dhammadesanākālārocanādinā mettaṃ vacīkammaṃ, rahogatassa satthāraṃ uddissa hitūpasaṃhāramanasikārena mettaṃ manokammaṃ. Ñāṇaṃ me udapajjathāti attano sekkhabhūmipattimāha.
“我尚有所作”等偈颂,是世尊即将般涅槃时,阿难长老走进圆堂,倚着门楣,被强烈忧悲所压伏而说出的。其中,“我尚有所作”指我还有应作之事,也就是遍知苦等。“未得心解脱”指尚未证得阿拉汉果。“而导师即将般涅槃”指我的导师世尊即将般涅槃。“那位怜悯我们者”指彼世尊正是我的救护者。显示巴利原文
Ahaṃ sakaraṇīyomhīti satthu parinibbāne upaṭṭhite maṇḍalamāḷaṃ pavisitvā kapisīsaṃ ālambitvā sokābhibhūtena vuttagāthā . Tattha sakaraṇīyomhīti dukkhaparijānanādinā karaṇīyena sakaraṇīyo amhi. Appattamānasoti anadhigatārahatto. Satthu ca parinibbānanti mayhaṃ satthu parinibbānañca upaṭṭhitaṃ. Yo amhaṃ anukampakoti yo satthā mayhaṃ anuggāhako.
“那时出现的恐怖之事”这一偈,是世尊般涅槃时,阿难长老见到大地震动、天鼓鸣响等种种现象,心中生起悚惧而说出的。显示巴利原文
Tadāsi yaṃ bhiṃsanakanti gāthā satthu parinibbānakāle pathavīkampanadevadundubhiphalanādike disvā sañjātasaṃvegena vuttagāthā.
「多闻」等三首偈颂,是结集者为称扬长老而安立的。其中,「正行者」指具足无与伦比的智行。「具念者」指具足最胜的念与正知。「具慧者」指具足不共的、能准确抉择文句与义理的智慧成就。这位长老仅安住于一句,便能依世尊所说法,准确无误地忆持六万句;他所记持的一切,犹如置于金器中的狮子膏,任何时候都不会坏失。他具足以念为先导而能无误抉择文句的慧,也具足以慧为先导而能抉择义理的念。正因如此,世尊才说:「诸比丘,在我的声闻比丘弟子中,多闻第一者,即是阿难」等语。同样地,法将舍利弗也说:「具寿阿难是通达义理者」等语。「宝藏者」意为他成为正法的宝矿。显示巴利原文
Bahussutotiādikā tisso gāthā theraṃ pasaṃsantehi saṅgītikārehi ṭhapitā. Tattha gatimantoti asadisāya ñāṇagatiyā samannāgato. Satimantoti paramena satinepakkena samannāgato. Dhitimantoti asādhāraṇāya byañjanatthāvadhāraṇasamatthāya dhitisampattiyā samannāgato. Ayañhi thero ekapadeyeva ṭhatvā saṭṭhipadasahassāni satthārā kathitaniyāmeneva gaṇhāti, gahitañca suvaṇṇabhājane pakkhittasīhavasā viya sabbakālaṃ na vinassati, aviparītabyañjanāvadhāraṇasamatthāya satipubbaṅgamāya paññāya, atthāvadhāraṇasamatthāya paññāpubbaṅgamāya satiyā ca samannāgato. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘etadaggaṃ , bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bahussutāna’’ntiādi (a. ni. 1.219). Tathā cāha dhammasenāpati – ‘‘āyasmā ānando atthakusalo’’tiādi (a. ni. 5.169). Ratanākaroti saddhammaratanassa ākarabhūto.
「已奉侍」这首偈颂,是长老于般涅槃时所说,其含义前文已释。显示巴利原文
Pariciṇṇoti gāthā parinibbānakāle therena bhāsitā, sā vuttatthā eva.